{"title":"Display Refrigeration","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"105ltr-commercial-glass-door-undercounter-freezer","title":"105Ltr Commercial Glass Door Undercounter Freezer","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Glass Door Undercounter Display Freezer UCF140CR 105Ltr is an essential appliance for any business that requires dependable frozen storage. Designed for establishments like smoothie bars and convenience stores, this undercounter freezer not only keeps your frozen items perfectly preserved but also provides ease of access thanks to its efficient design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a strong 304 stainless steel exterior, this freezer ensures durability and cleanliness. Its user-friendly features, such as adjustable shelves and an accurate digital controller, make it the perfect solution for maintaining your frozen stock. Enjoy peace of mind knowing that your products are securely stored and easily accessible, with the added bonus of a lockable door for enhanced security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 105Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 819(H) x 598(W) x 613(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e 304 Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 47kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range -24°C to -16°C for effective preservation of various frozen goods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-replaceable gaskets\/seals for straightforward maintenance and cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeight adjustable from 820 - 850mm for flexible installation options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable door feature improves stock security, safeguarding your investments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelves offer storage flexibility to accommodate different items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust 304 stainless steel build for longevity and ease of cleanliness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDedicated digital controller with temperature display for precise monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRefrigerant R600a ensures low environmental impact with a GWP of 3.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple installation process accommodates various kitchen layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient lockable door enhances security for valuable stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to maintain with user-friendly features tailored for quick access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Under Counter Freezer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eWithstands daily use, reducing the need for frequent replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFits perfectly in any kitchen or store layout, optimizing space.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLockable door\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances security, protecting your valuable inventory from tampering.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMakes monitoring and adjusting temperatures hassle-free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Glass Door Undercounter Display Freezer UCF140CR is highly versatile, making it suitable for a variety of environments:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for smoothie bars to keep frozen fruits instantly accessible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for convenience stores offering frozen ready meals or ice creams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for restaurants needing additional frozen storage without taking up floor space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExcellent in catering services for maintaining frozen ingredients on-site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUseful in bakeries for storing frozen dough and pastry products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis undercounter freezer is designed for easy installation with its adjustable height. Regular maintenance includes cleaning the stainless steel exterior and checking the gaskets to ensure optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the glass door undercounter freezer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is from -24°C to -16°C, making it suitable for a variety of frozen items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the temperature control easy to use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it features an accurate, user-friendly digital controller with a temperature display for easy monitoring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is provided with the product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe freezer comes with a 2-year warranty for peace of mind regarding quality and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the Glass Door Undercounter Display Freezer UCF140CR 105Ltr today to enhance your frozen storage solutions. With its durable design and practical features, it’s a reliable choice for any business that demands efficiency in preserving their frozen goods.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810581823873,"sku":"CT626","price":1927.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/fe9560ec6f79cc461b60d27a64d8fa59.png?v=1781698884"},{"product_id":"150l-commercial-undercounter-display-freezer-with-glass-door","title":"150L Commercial Undercounter Display Freezer with Glass Door","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series Undercounter Display Freezer 150Ltr is an essential addition for any kitchen looking to showcase frozen goods. With its sleek design and user-friendly features, this glass door freezer is ideal for displaying ice cream, frozen desserts, or ready meals in an organized and visually appealing manner. It combines functionality with style, making it a perfect choice for less demanding areas in restaurants, cafes, or catering services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable painted steel, the C-Series offers reliability and maintains a consistent temperature range of -18°C to -22°C. This undercounter freezer is built to solve the problem of limited storage space without compromising display quality. Its -efficient design, coupled with LED internal lighting for better visibility, sets it apart from conventional freezers, making it a practical investment for any food service environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 129Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 855(H) x 600(W) x 585(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 54.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 270W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNoise Level\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 dB(A)\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital controller simplifies temperature adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLED temperature display allows for easy monitoring of conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStrong steel construction ensures durability and -lasting use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuiet operation, perfect for front-of-house placement with minimal disturbance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy manual defrost feature helps maintain the unit effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStylish finish complements kitchen designs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo sturdy fixed shelves optimize storage without sacrificing space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e60mm insulation thickness enhances efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRear wheels enable easy positioning and relocation when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStatic cooling system provides uniform temperature distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for easy access to contents, enhancing workflow in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Glass Door Freezers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGenerous storage capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore a wide variety of frozen items with ease.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly digital controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMakes adjustments simple and straightforward.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLED lighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhanced visibility of products for better merchandising.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurability\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliable performance that stands up to daily use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series Undercounter Display Freezer is well-suited for a variety of settings where frozen food needs to be stored and displayed efficiently. Ideal applications include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants showcasing desserts like ice cream and gelato.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes displaying frozen ready meals for quick customer selection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services needing compact storage solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDelis and convenience stores where visibility of frozen products is key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen installing the C-Series, ensure adequate clearance for airflow around the unit. Regular cleaning and maintenance will prolong its lifespan, while the easy manual defrost function helps keep it running smoothly. Place the freezer on a stable, even surface for optimum performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power consumption of the unit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series operates at 270W, ensuring -efficient performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range can this freezer maintain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature can be maintained between -18°C to -22°C, suitable for various frozen products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much space does the freezer require?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimensions of the C-Series are 855mm high, 600mm wide, and 585mm deep, making it a compact option for any kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series Undercounter Display Freezer 150Ltr offers a practical and stylish solution for displaying frozen goods while maximizing your storage efficiency. Don't miss out on the chance to elevate your food display — order today and enhance your kitchen's capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810651357569,"sku":"PC007","price":1163.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/935cc14be95e3def9ddafdff72130b38.png?v=1781700355"},{"product_id":"150ltr-commercial-under-counter-display-fridge-white","title":"150Ltr Commercial Under Counter Display Fridge","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series Undercounter Display Fridge 150Ltr is an essential asset for any commercial space that requires efficient refrigeration solutions, particularly where space is a concern. Designed for business owners who need reliable and functional refrigeration, this undercounter display fridge enhances accessibility to a variety of chilled products while maintaining an organized display. The significant benefit of this model is its optimal temperature range, ensuring that your food items remain fresh and ready for customer access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt to last, the C-Series features high-quality stainless steel construction paired with an attractive finish, making it a visually appealing addition to your setup. It adeptly addresses the challenges of maintaining food integrity in busy kitchen environments, offering a generous 150-liter capacity and user-friendly controls. Unlike many competitors, this fridge combines functionality with ease of maintenance, guaranteeing longevity and efficiency in any commercial context.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 150W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 150Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 47kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e B\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/strong\u003e 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFlexible storage with 2 sturdy adjustable shelves and 1 half shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple manual defrost functionality for easy maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable and reversible door caters to diverse security needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls ensure precise monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFixed rear castors allow for easy positioning in tight spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExternal finish enhances the aesthetic appeal of any environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReduced noise level at 40 dB(A) ensures a quiet operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean construction simplifies maintenance processes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOptimal food storage temperature of 4°C minimizes waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature operation from 10°C to 32°C fits various settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWater and materials that last with eight-year part availability guarantees longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Under Counter Display Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile temperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore a range of perishable items at their optimal conditions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLockable door\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhanced security for your valuable stock.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomize the storage space to accommodate different items.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series Undercounter Display Fridge is ideal for a variety of commercial settings, ensuring ease of access and efficient storage. Its practical design makes it suitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafés for displaying beverages and desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMarkets and convenience stores for chilled snacks and.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks or mobile catering for easy access to ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOffice break rooms to provide employees with easy access to refreshments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, position the unit on a soft surface to reduce noise and prolong its lifespan. Regular cleaning of the condenser coil at least four times a year is essential for maintaining its efficiency and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series Undercounter Display Fridge operates at a temperature range of 2°C to 8°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much power does this fridge consume?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit has a power specification of 150W and operates on 230V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials is the fridge made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fridge features a durable stainless steel construction for enhanced longevity and ease of cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the C-Series Undercounter Display Fridge 150Ltr for an efficient refrigeration solution that keeps your food products fresh and showcases your offerings beautifully. Order today to elevate your commercial space!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810651685249,"sku":"CZ785","price":1017.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/8768a605d6f28af5045d216e502e81d0.png?v=1781700376"},{"product_id":"160ltr-commercial-countertop-display-fridge-stainless-steel","title":"160Ltr Commercial Countertop Display Fridge Stainless Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Countertop Display Merchandiser 160Ltr HOST1104CR is an essential appliance for any food service establishment looking to optimize product visibility. This high-capacity countertop display fridge is ideal for bakeries, cafes, and restaurants that demand efficient, reliable, and stylish storage solutions for perishable items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable stainless steel, this display fridge not only boasts impressive build quality but also solves the problem of limited display and storage space. With its -efficient operations and user-friendly features, the HOST Countertop Display Merchandiser stands out in a competitive market, helping your products shine while maintaining optimal conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 686(H) x 886(W) x 568(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts Only\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 71kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e2 sturdy adjustable shelves maximise storage capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy feet allow easy countertop positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e10mm insulation reduces running costs and improves efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e efficient internal LED lighting enhances visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 16°C to 32°C is suitable for various products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction makes maintenance simple.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAccurate, user-friendly digital temperature controls and display facilitate easy operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable rear sliding doors for effortless cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity allows you to showcase more products at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient LED lighting provides excellent product visibility while saving on electricity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost feature ensures consistent temperature and optimal performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelves give you the flexibility to accommodate various product sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel construction promises longevity and resilience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly controls simplify operation and maintenance tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Countertop Display Fridges\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh visibility for products\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAttracts more customers and increases sales potential.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower bills while maintaining performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLess downtime and more time to focus on your business.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFlexible storage options\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAccommodates various products, from beverages to bakery items.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Countertop Display Merchandiser excels in various settings, making it an ideal choice for any business that values efficiency and product presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries showcasing pastries and desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés for displaying drinks and snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenience stores for easy access to chilled products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for presenting side items or desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent catering setups to keep cold items visible and accessible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the HOST Countertop Display Merchandiser is placed on a stable countertop surface with adequate ventilation. Regular maintenance includes cleaning the interior and exterior and checking the digital temperature display for accuracy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the HOST Countertop Display Merchandiser?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimensions are 686(H) x 886(W) x 568(D)mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe warranty is for 1 year on parts only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this display fridge outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis fridge is designed for indoor use only, suitable for environments with ambient temperatures between 16°C to 32°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the perfect blend of functionality and style with the HOST Countertop Display Merchandiser 160Ltr HOST1104CR. Order today to elevate your product display and enhance customer engagement!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810824470913,"sku":"HT017","price":1077.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/5c0a4e1baba06cac951bc46022cd854f.png?v=1781704193"},{"product_id":"220l-slimline-multideck-display-fridge-with-door-commercial","title":"220L Slimline Multideck Display Fridge with Door Commercial","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Slimline Multideck Display Fridge with Door is an essential addition for any commercial kitchen, retail environment, or café. Designed for optimal food presentation and preservation, this multideck fridge offers a spacious storage solution without compromising on efficiency. For businesses aiming to enhance their merchandising abilities while keeping operational costs down, this fridge is a smart choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from durable stainless steel with glass doors, the design of the G-Series ensures both functionality and an attractive display of products. It effectively addresses the problem of maintaining consistent temperatures across variable weather conditions, thanks to its forced air cooling system. The combination of usability and efficiency sets this model apart from traditional display fridges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 220Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 1791(H) x 512(W) x 838(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 122kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant \/ GWP 3 for enhanced environmental safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range of 2°C to 10°C ensures optimal food safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEffective auto defrost helps maintain cooler efficiency and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy lockable castors for easier positioning and cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital controller for precise temperature management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnhanced efficiency with an rating of C, saving up to £535 annually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForced air cooling provides even temperature distribution, preserving the quality of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree adjustable shelves maximize storage versatility and accessibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED internal lighting highlights displayed items, improving customer visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-clean stainless steel construction speeds up maintenance and enhances hygiene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToughened safety glass improves efficiency while maintaining an attractive display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Slimline Multideck Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e efficiency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower bills and reduced environmental impact.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e -lasting use and reliable operation in busy settings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexible storage options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetter organisation and accessibility for your products, enhancing customer experience.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced cooling technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetter food preservation, maintaining quality and safety.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAttractive visibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCleans and brightens any display area, attracting more customers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Slimline Multideck Display Fridge is perfect for various environments where refrigerated display is essential. It's ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupermarkets, offering a vibrant selection of cold beverages and snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelis, providing easy access to prepared foods and condiments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés, displaying desserts and cold salads attractively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants, for quick access to ingredients while ensuring quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenience stores, maximizing space for popular chilled items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure proper installation on level surfaces, and regularly clean the exterior and interior to maintain optimal performance and hygiene standards. The fridge requires minimal maintenance, but periodic checks on the cooling system will extend its life and efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the rating of the G-Series Slimline Multideck Display Fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fridge has an rating of C, representing a significant improvement in efficiency, saving you up to £535 annually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials is the fridge made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior is constructed from tough stainless steel, complemented by glass doors for visibility and efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is provided with this unit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis fridge comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labour, ensuring peace of mind for your investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn summary, the G-Series Slimline Multideck Display Fridge with Door is a pivotal asset for anyone looking to enhance their display of refrigerated goods while enjoying significant cost savings. Order today to transform your food merchandising strategy.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810885878145,"sku":"PG006","price":3239.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/022fd22ff526c12a4a94cac8d425a2bd.png?v=1781705135"},{"product_id":"28-bottle-commercial-table-top-wine-cooler-74ltr-capacity","title":"28 Bottle Commercial Table Top Wine Cooler 74Ltr Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series 28 Bottle Table Top Wine Fridge is the ideal solution for wine enthusiasts seeking an efficient and stylish way to store their wine collection. Designed for both home use and commercial settings, this wine cooler can accommodate up to 28 Bordeaux-style wine bottles, ensuring your favorite selections are always at the perfect serving temperature. With its sleek design and reliable performance, this fridge not only preserves the quality of your wine but also adds a touch of sophistication to any environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durable painted steel, the C-Series wine fridge is built for longevity, making it a valuable addition to restaurants, bars, and homes alike. This unit operates efficiently in temperatures up to 32°C, a feature that separates it from many other coolers on the market. With an adjustable temperature range of 5°C to 18°C, it solves the common problem of maintaining optimal wine quality while ensuring ease of use with its intuitive LED control panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 85W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 74Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 840(H) x 430(W) x 450(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 22.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpecialized wine shelves prevent bottle movement and damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eComes with removable shelves for easy access and cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable temperature control helps keep wine at the perfect serving temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient design with an rating of G.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow noise level of 39 dB(A) for quiet operation in any setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpace-saving compact design fits perfectly on tabletops or counters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple LED control panel for easy adjustments and monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient refrigerant (R600a) minimizes environmental impact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature versatility ensures optimal conditions for different wine types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStylish black finish complements various decor styles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction enhances durability for everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Wine Cooler\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAccommodates 28 bottles\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore your entire collection neatly in one convenient spot.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable temperature settings\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePersonalize the environment to your wine preferences.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces costs while keeping your wine cool.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eElegant design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances any room with a modern touch.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series wine fridge is suitable for a variety of environments, making it a versatile choice for both personal and commercial use. Whether you're a serious collector or just enjoy having a selection of wines on hand, this fridge excels in the following settings:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens and dining areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and wine bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent planning and catering services\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWine tastings and exhibitions\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOffices for corporate events or staff lounges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, place the C-Series wine fridge on a flat, stable surface away from direct sunlight and heat sources. Regularly check the and clean the interior to maintain its cooling efficiency and keep your wines in pristine condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of bottles can this fridge hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series wine fridge can comfortably hold up to 28 Bordeaux-style wine bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range for this fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature can be adjusted between 5°C to 18°C to ensure optimal wine storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty on this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the C-Series wine fridge comes with a 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour warranty for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYour wine deserves the best in preservation and storage. Order the C-Series 28 Bottle Table Top Wine Fridge today and enjoy your favorite bottles at their best.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810892857729,"sku":"CC066","price":412.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/26dcc908a37ff45d5a25d9cffc6f3331.png?v=1781705226"},{"product_id":"300ltr-commercial-upright-back-bar-cooler-with-hinged-door","title":"300Ltr Commercial Upright Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Door","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Slimline Upright Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Door 300Ltr offers an essential solution for bars and restaurants that require reliable storage of beverages in a space-efficient design. Designed for use, this cooler maintains optimal temperatures while managing frequent access, ensuring your drinks are always chilled and ready for service.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with robust materials and designed for demanding environments, this back bar cooler features painted steel and glass for durability. Its efficient cooling system is capable of operating reliably in ambient temperatures up to 32°C, making it an excellent choice for establishments that focus on maintaining high-performance refrigeration. Whether you're in a busy pub, restaurant, or catering environment, this unit helps keep your beverages at the perfect serving temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 300Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Internal: 1755(H) x 368(W) x 580(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 145W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 71kg\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling ensures rapid temperature recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eReversible double-glazed door allows for easy access.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eSturdy adjustable shelves optimise internal organisation.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eQuiet operation with a noise level of 40 dB(A).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly dial temperature control for easy adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eKeeps beverages within a temperature range of 2°C to 8°C.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e -efficient operation with an rating of C.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction to simplify maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable feet for easy positioning and stability on uneven surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eMaximum cooling efficiency, even in challenging environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDurable components designed for frequent use in busy settings.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridges\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eRobust construction\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eDurable for daily use, ensuring -term reliability.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEffective cooling system\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eMaintains the ideal temperature for beverages, enhancing customer experience.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly design\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEasy to operate and maintain, reducing downtime and labour costs.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003e efficient\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eHelps to reduce electricity costs while remaining effective.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Slimline Upright Back Bar Cooler excels in various settings where both performance and space are critical. It is an ideal choice for:\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003ePubs and bars needing quick access to chilled drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants with limited space but high beverage volume.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCatering companies that require efficient transport and storage options.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eConvenience stores offering ready-to-drink options.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEvent venues that serve beverages to large crowds.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, position the G-Series Back Bar Cooler in a well-ventilated area, ensuring that the condenser coil is cleaned at least four times per year to maintain efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does the cooler maintain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eIt maintains a temperature range of 2°C to 8°C, perfect for storing a variety of beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the door reversible?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, the cooler features a reversible double-glazed door for flexible access.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many shelves does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe cooler contains four sturdy adjustable shelves to maximize storage capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience a reliable solution for your beverage refrigeration needs with the G-Series Slimline Upright Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Door 300Ltr. Ensure your drinks are always served at the right temperature and order today for enhanced efficiency in your establishment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810900918657,"sku":"CS586","price":1867.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/b0e166c1ed18b814e370e2420cb68249.png?v=1781705309"},{"product_id":"307ltr-commercial-upright-back-bar-cooler-with-hinged-door","title":"307Ltr Commercial Upright Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Door","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Upright Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Door 307Ltr is an essential addition for any busy bar or catering environment. This advanced refrigeration unit is designed for use, providing reliable storage and display for your beverages. Whether you are serving ice-cold beers, soft drinks, or other chilled offerings, this cooler ensures that your products remain at optimal temperatures for customers to enjoy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from durable painted steel, the Upright Back Bar Cooler is engineered to withstand the daily rigors of commercial environments. With features aimed at maximizing efficiency, this unit offers superior temperature control and -saving capabilities, making it a top choice for busy professionals who prioritize reliability and performance. Its robust construction and thoughtful design address the frequent use and handling in high-demand settings, ensuring consistent temperature maintenance even in challenging conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 300W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 307Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 2025(H) x 655(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 98kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range of 2°C to 8°C ensures optimal beverage storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -saving LED lighting illuminates the interior for easy viewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost mechanism maintains efficiency and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFan-assisted cooling for rapid recovery and uniform temperature throughout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSecure, lockable, double-glazed door enhances safety and retention.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable painted steel construction ensures longevity and resilience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelves allow for customizable storage configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuiet operation at 42 dB(A) proves ideal for customer-facing environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRear rollers and adjustable feet facilitate easy positioning and leveling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDigital temperature controls offer precise accountability for optimal storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean design simplifies maintenance and upkeep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridges\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliable temperature maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eYour beverages are always served at the best temperature, enhancing customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower bills and a reduced carbon footprint contribute to sustainable business practices.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eThis unit is built to withstand the day-to-day challenges of commercial use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimplified operations lead to fewer errors and more efficient service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Upright Back Bar Cooler is designed to shine in a variety of settings. It is perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs seeking reliable beverage storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants needing efficient drink display solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering events where accessibility to cold drinks is crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels looking to enhance guest experiences with chilled beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRetail environments promoting beverage sales through attractive display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the Upright Back Bar Cooler is set up on a level surface. Regular maintenance, including cleaning the condenser coil at least four times a year, is essential to preserve efficiency and prolong the unit's lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cooler has a temperature range of 2°C to 8°C, ideal for beer and beverage storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the door lockable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the cooler features a secure double-glazed lockable door for added safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this unit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Upright Back Bar Cooler comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis efficient beer fridge not only keeps your beverages cold but also enhances your service environment. Order today to elevate your beverage storage solutions!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810904260993,"sku":"GJ447","price":1915.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/d9ca5c52ba37afc863fec094c9067792.png?v=1781705354"},{"product_id":"350ltr-commercial-upright-display-fridge-with-glass-doors","title":"350Ltr Commercial Upright Display Fridge with Glass Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Upright Display Fridge 350Ltr HOST1108UR is an ideal refrigeration solution for businesses that need to showcase their products effectively. Designed primarily for commercial use, this refrigerator offers an impressive capacity and sleek design, ensuring that your beverages or chilled items are displayed prominently while maintaining optimal freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable painted steel and glass, the HOST Upright Display Fridge combines strength with style. The double-glazed door not only highlights your products but also helps maintain efficiency. With its lockable features and adjustable shelving, this model addresses common storage and accessibility challenges, setting it apart in the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 368 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 1982(H) x 620(W) x 570(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 134kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRefrigerant\u003c\/strong\u003e R600a \/ GWP 3 \/ 78g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range from 2°C to 8°C optimizes product freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMax ambient temperature of 32°C ensures reliability in warm conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDouble-glazed, lockable door enhances security and visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable castors allow for effortless mobility and placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFour adjustable shelves create versatile storage options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient operation reduces running costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGenerous capacity while maintaining a compact footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile temperature control ensures products are stored at the optimal degree.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction withstands daily use in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable features enhance security in shared spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelving provides flexibility for diverse product sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean surfaces simplify maintenance routines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Upright Display Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh storage capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eShowcases more products, driving customer interest.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower utility bills contribute to better profit margins.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLockable features\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProtects valuable inventory from theft and tampering.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFacilitates organized presentation of various item sizes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Upright Display Fridge excels in a variety of settings, making it a versatile choice for any commercial environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for convenience stores showcasing drinks and snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExcellent for cafes and restaurants displaying desserts and chilled items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for catering businesses needing display space for beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUseful in supermarkets for bottled and canned products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat addition to food stalls at events and festivals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, install the fridge in a well-ventilated area, away from direct heat sources. Regular cleaning of the glass and maintaining proper temperature settings will enhance the longevity of your display fridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the HOST Upright Display Fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is from 2°C to 8°C, ideal for keeping items fresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many shelves does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fridge includes four adjustable shelves to maximize storage capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight of the unit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Upright Display Fridge weighs 134kg, ensuring stability during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis HOST Upright Display Fridge 350Ltr is designed for efficiency and utility. Enhance your product display and keep items chilled. Order today and elevate the visibility of your offerings.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810909077889,"sku":"HT160","price":1084.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/c7abc031d20a82410a3850e5a5880c4d.png?v=1781705428"},{"product_id":"354l-commercial-upright-display-cooler-with-light-box","title":"354L Commercial Upright Display Cooler with Light Box","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Upright Display Cooler Black with Light Box - 354Ltr is a robust and versatile solution designed for businesses looking to showcase products in a visually appealing manner. This fridge is ideal for cafes, restaurants, and retail shops aiming to enhance customer engagement with effective product displays. The transparent design ensures your stock is always visible, while the self-closing door helps maintain internal temperatures efficiently, significantly reducing running costs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a combination of painted steel and glass, this display cooler not only exudes modern aesthetics but also provides durability for daily use. The strong steel construction, along with removable door seals, makes it easy to clean and maintain. This appliance is perfect for locations with less demanding needs, ensuring you can present your offerings attractively without compromising on performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 180W with light box\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 346Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 1935(H) x 620(W) x 635(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 75kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFan-assisted cooling maintains a consistent internal temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly dial temperature control for easy adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable self-closing door enhances security during off-hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLED light box illuminates contents, attracting customer attention.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-replaceable door seals ensure -lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEffective cooling range of 0°C to 10°C, ideal for beverage storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Rating B for efficient operation and reduced utility bills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable feet enable easy positioning and stability on various surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAttractive aesthetic with a black finish fits seamlessly into any decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-saving design simplifies routine cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMinimized noise level of 50 decibels ensures a comfortable environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Upright Display Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSelf-closing door\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaintains the internal temperature and saves costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLED lighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances product visibility, encouraging customer purchases.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStrong steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures durability and longevity, reducing replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy-clean design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLowers maintenance time, allowing you to focus on your business.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile display cooler is suitable for various settings, maximizing your operational efficiency. Ideal applications include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes and coffee shops showcasing pastries and drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants presenting appetizers and beverages in a stylish manner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGrocery stores displaying chilled products for easy access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenience stores offering grab-and-go meal options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the cooler is placed on a stable surface, preferably carpeted to reduce noise. Regularly clean the condenser coil at least four times a year to maintain efficiency and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does the cooler operate within?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cooler operates within a temperature range of 0°C to 10°C, ideal for storing beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the door lockable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the self-closing door is lockable for added security during off-hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much power does the fridge consume?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe display cooler has a power specification of 180W.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the Upright Display Cooler Black with Light Box - 354Ltr and elevate your product presentation while ensuring optimal storage conditions. Order today!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810910060929,"sku":"CJ794","price":1406.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/f2e217f3d0084187831c28cf73082a8e.png?v=1781705442"},{"product_id":"400ltr-commercial-upright-display-fridge-for-everyday-use","title":"400Ltr Commercial Upright Display Fridge for Everyday Use","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series Upright Display Fridge 400Ltr is an essential refrigeration solution designed for commercial use, particularly in settings where frequent access isn’t required. Ideal for retailers, cafes, and small businesses, this fridge effortlessly showcases beverages and perishables while ensuring they remain fresh. Its spacious 400-liter capacity provides ample storage for various products, making it a highly functional addition to your establishment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a focus on durability, the C-Series boasts a robust finish that blends seamlessly with any décor. Built to operate efficiently in ambient temperatures up to 32°C, it effectively maintains a temperature range of 2°C to 8°C for optimal food preservation. This product addresses the common challenge of maintaining food quality while offering an attractive display, ensuring your items are both visible and safe for consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 185W. finish. R600a\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 400Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 72kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/strong\u003e 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNoise Level\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 dB(A)\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThree sturdy shelves and one half shelf ensure maximum storage capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSecure lockable and reversible door for added security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy manual defrost helps maintain efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAccurate, user-friendly digital temperature controls and display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction for quick maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient operation designed for commercial use that meets the demands of everyday tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge storage capacity suitable for a variety of products, reducing the need for multiple units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFront-facing display that enhances product visibility and encourages customer sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple temperature control ensures food safety and quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction that withstands the rigors of a commercial environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable door for added security and peace of mind for businesses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Upright Display Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpacious 400Ltr capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnough space to store extensive ranges of products, reducing handling and restocking time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDesigned to withstand daily use in busy environments, ensuring -lasting performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower consumption, helping to keep utility bills manageable while minimizing environmental impact.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSecure lockable door\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProtects your stock from unauthorized access, ensuring loss prevention.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis upright display fridge excels in various commercial environments, providing reliable refrigeration solutions for numerous applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRetail stores showcasing beverages and snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés displaying an array of pastries and drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenience stores needing efficient cold storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuffets and catering services where food visibility is key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, place the unit on a flat surface in an area that maintains the recommended ambient temperature. It is essential to clean the condenser coil a minimum of four times a year to prevent any loss of efficiency and ensure longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of this fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series Upright Display Fridge operates within a temperature range of 2°C to 8°C, making it suitable for preserving a variety of food items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much power does it consume?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis fridge has a power specification of 185W and operates at a voltage of 230V, ensuring efficient use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the door secure?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the display fridge features a lockable and reversible door for added security, ensuring your products are safe from unauthorized access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your commercial space with the C-Series Upright Display Fridge 400Ltr, a reliable solution for keeping your products fresh and accessible. Shop now to experience the perfect blend of functionality and design.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810917007745,"sku":"CZ786","price":1672.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/37a1df40e8c6de32b23d819d10e30a69.png?v=1781705529"},{"product_id":"46l-commercial-countertop-display-fridge-white-finish","title":"46L Commercial Countertop Display Fridge Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series Countertop Display Fridge 46Ltr is an ideal refrigeration solution designed for commercial environments, especially where accessibility is limited. Perfect for cafes, convenience stores, and small restaurants, this fridge offers a spacious 46-liter capacity while maintaining an attractive display for customers. It combines functionality with a sleek design, enhancing your storefront’s overall appeal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durability in mind, the C-Series boasts a finish and excellent insulation, effectively reducing running costs while ensuring reliable temperature maintenance. Its double-glazed glass door offers great visibility of stored items, making it easy for customers to browse without opening the door frequently. This helps preserve and extends the life of the appliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 85W. R600a refrigerant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 46Ltr.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 530(H) x 460(W) x 515(D) mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240v. 0.55A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 18kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range from 4°C to 18°C ensures the ideal storage conditions for a variety of products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction simplifies maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly dial temperature controls allow for simple adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy adjustable feet make it easy to position on any countertop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSingle adjustable half shelf helps to organize contents efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDouble glazed glass door – Enhances visibility and reduces loss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh efficiency – Designed to operate at lower costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNo-frost design – Prevents ice buildup for optimal performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuiet operation – Low noise level maintains a pleasant environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCustomizable temperature settings – Tailored to suit different products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction – Built to withstand daily commercial usage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Countertop Display Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient cooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eKeeps all contents fresh, preserving quality and taste.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimplifies cleaning and upkeep, allowing you to focus on your business.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpace-saving design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaximizes your countertop space while displaying products attractively.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series Countertop Display Fridge is versatile and excels in various settings. It is particularly suited for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés and coffee shops for chilled beverages and desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenience stores to display snacks and quick grab-and-go items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants showcasing daily specials in an appealing manner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDelis offering chilled meats and cheeses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the fridge is placed in an environment where ambient temperatures do not exceed 32°C. Regular manual defrosting is advised to maintain efficiency. Easy-clean surfaces allow for hassle-free maintenance and hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the consumption of the C-Series fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe annual consumption is approximately 174.8 kWh\/year, which helps keep operating costs manageable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does the fridge maintain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fridge effectively maintains temperatures between 4°C and 18°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty on this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the C-Series Countertop Display Fridge comes with a 2-year warranty covering both parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith its dependable performance and stylish design, the C-Series Countertop Display Fridge 46Ltr is a perfect addition to any commercial kitchen. Order today to elevate your food display and enhance customer satisfaction!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810919727489,"sku":"DM071","price":362.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/4b1823f93bc6cf2efbecc4e9f0ad048f.png?v=1781705567"},{"product_id":"500ltr-commercial-glass-door-display-freezer-for-retail-use","title":"500Ltr Commercial Glass Door Display Freezer for Retail Use","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Supermarket Display Freezer 500ltr is an essential addition for high traffic retailers, including supermarkets, mini-markets, farm shops, and service stations. This substantial 500Ltr capacity freezer optimizes your floor space while providing ample storage for a variety of frozen goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durable painted steel, this glass door freezer is designed to withstand the rigors of daily use. Its robust build solves the common problem of wear and tear faced in busy retail environments, ensuring longevity and reliability. The G-Series stands out with its user-friendly features and efficient cooling system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 500Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 780(H) x 1424(W) x 758(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 77kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant \/ GWP 3 for environmentally-friendly operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range -22°C to -18°C ensures optimal conditions for frozen food storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Rating C which helps manage running costs effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNoise Level 55 for a quieter operation, ideal in customer-facing environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour removable baskets that add storage flexibility for organizing various items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple manual defrost to maintain efficiency without hassle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-access sliding glass lid door with a sloped front allows customers to see products easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntuitive digital controller with display for straightforward temperature management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLockable for added stock security, ensuring peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied on lockable castor wheels for easy repositioning and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenerous storage capacity caters to high-demand environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction withstands heavy use, reducing the need for frequent replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnvironmentally friendly refrigerant supports sustainability efforts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy access enhances customer experience by providing a clear view of contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible storage options with removable baskets suit a variety of products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLockable design secures contents against theft or tampering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Glass Door Freezers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccommodates diverse inventory, from pre-packaged meals to bulk frozen goods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimizes maintenance and replacement costs over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntuitive controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMakes it easy for staff to adjust settings as needed, ensuring optimal conditions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLockable design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtects your investment by securing your stock against theft.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis display freezer excels in various settings, providing reliable cold storage where it's needed most.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupermarkets for frozen food displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMini-markets to attract customers with visible frozen products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFarm shops for fresh produce storage while maintaining temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService stations for convenience items like ice cream and frozen snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés and restaurants for keeping frozen ingredients on hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the G-Series display freezer is placed on a level surface. It is recommended to avoid direct sunlight or sources of heat to maintain efficiency. Regularly check the seals and clean the unit to prevent ice build-up and ensure longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the rating of the G-Series freezer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Supermarket Display Freezer has an rating of C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does this freezer operate within?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe freezer operates between -22°C to -18°C, making it suitable for various frozen products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the freezer easy to move?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the display freezer comes on lockable castor wheels for easy repositioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOrder today to enhance your retail space with the G-Series Supermarket Display Freezer 500ltr, a reliable solution for all your frozen storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810929262977,"sku":"PG001","price":1816.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/8fe465921f44ce7ece7cbdaba7f1571d.png?v=1781705616"},{"product_id":"51-bottle-commercial-wine-cooler-128l-display-refrigerator","title":"51 Bottle Commercial Wine Cooler 128L Display Refrigerator","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series 51 Bottle Wine Fridge is your ideal solution for preserving and showcasing your wine collection. This wine cooler is perfect for bars, restaurants, or home enthusiasts who seek to maintain the perfect temperature and environment for their wines. Its spacious capacity allows you to store up to 51 Bordeaux style bottles while keeping them organized and easily accessible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable painted steel, the C-Series exhibits a robust build quality designed for everyday commercial use. It operates efficiently in environments up to 32°C, alleviating concerns about overheating and ensuring your wine is maintained at the optimal serving temperature. Specialized wine shelves prevent bottle movement, demonstrating its thoughtful design and emphasis on quality and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 85W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 128Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 848(H) x 495(W) x 565(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 34kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range of 5°C to 18°C, allowing for optimal wine storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient with a G rating, helping to reduce electricity costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow noise operation at just 39 dB(A) for a quiet environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIntuitive LED control panel for straightforward temperature adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable shelves for quick access and easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpecialized wine shelves prevent damage to your bottles while keeping them stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable temperature controls ensure your wines are served at the desired temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for versatility, fitting seamlessly into various commercial or home settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-read LED display simplifies temperature monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction promises durability for -term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWith low noise levels, it can be used in intimate settings without disruption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Wine Cooler\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpace for up to 51 bottles to meet your entertaining needs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable Temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomize storage conditions for different varieties of wine.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e Efficient\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower bills while keeping your wines in perfect condition.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLow Noise Operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy a quiet environment, making it suitable for dining or tasting areas.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series 51 Bottle Wine Fridge is versatile and excels in a range of settings. Whether for personal use or business, it provides optimal wine storage solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for wine service\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars to showcase wine offerings\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome use for wine enthusiasts\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels for guest rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWine tastings and events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis wine fridge is designed for easy installation and should be placed on a stable surface for optimal functionality. Regular cleaning of the interior and exterior will ensure a lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the C-Series 51 Bottle Wine Fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt operates within a temperature range of 5°C to 18°C, suitable for various wine types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bottles can it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis fridge can accommodate up to 51 Bordeaux style wine bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials are used in its construction?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit is made from durable painted steel, ensuring longevity and ease of maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePreserving and showcasing your wine collection has never been easier. Order your C-Series 51 Bottle Wine Fridge today and enjoy the perfect wine experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810944467329,"sku":"CC067","price":631.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7944443820ab4adc8b5ab46a326a4acf.png?v=1781705676"},{"product_id":"600ltr-commercial-upright-display-fridge-white-electric","title":"600Ltr Commercial Upright Display Fridge Electric","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Upright Display Fridge 600Ltr HOST1103UR is an exceptional refrigeration solution designed for commercial use. Perfectly suited for cafes, restaurants, or retail environments, it offers a substantial capacity to showcase beverages and perishables while preserving their freshness. Its elegant finish complements any décor, making it both functional and visually appealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality materials, this upright display fridge combines durability with performance. With a temperature range from -2°C to 8°C, it effectively keeps your products in optimal conditions, effectively addressing the challenge of maintaining freshness in a bustling commercial kitchen. Its lockable, double-glazed door not only provides security but facilitates easy access to items displayed within.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 1895(H) x 777(W) x 735(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 93kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e with glass door\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRefrigerant R600a ensures environmentally friendly performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range of -2°C to 8°C meets diverse cooling needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable double-glazed door enhances product security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable castors allow for easy mobility and positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFour adjustable shelves maximize storage capacity effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRated B for efficiency, contributing to cost-saving on running expenses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpacious interior tailored to store a variety of food and beverage items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable design for added security of valuable stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy mobility due to lockable castors for repositioning as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelf configuration allows for customizable storage solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient design minimizes operational costs without compromising performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDouble-glazed door ensures excellent insulation while showcasing products appealingly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Upright Display Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore more products while optimizing space.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e Efficiency\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower electricity bills contribute to overall savings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to reposition for layout changes or cleaning purposes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Upright Display Fridge is versatile and excels in various environments where storage, accessibility, and visibility are paramount. Ideal applications include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés showcasing drinks and desserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants displaying appetizers and salads\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRetail stores featuring beverages and snacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDelis requiring temperature-controlled storage for fresh produce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the fridge is installed on a level surface and that there is adequate space around it for ventilation. Regular cleaning of the glass door and shelves will enhance visibility and hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the HOST Upright Display Fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is -2°C to 8°C, allowing for versatile storage options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this fridge efficient?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is rated B for efficiency, helping to reduce running costs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I lock the door for security?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the fridge features a lockable double-glazed door for added security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your commercial space with the HOST Upright Display Fridge 600Ltr HOST1103UR, a reliable and stylish solution for all your refrigeration needs. Order today and elevate your product display capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810981527937,"sku":"HT011","price":1197.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/3a66fdeab191877a55d189cfe2fc1529.png?v=1781705780"},{"product_id":"700ltr-commercial-glass-door-display-freezer-for-retail-use","title":"700Ltr Commercial Glass Door Display Freezer for Retail Use","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Supermarket Display Freezer 700ltr is an essential addition for high-traffic retailers like supermarkets, mini-markets, farm shops, and service stations. Its generous 700-litre capacity allows for optimal use of floor space while ensuring that your frozen goods are easily accessible and displayed attractively to customers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with durability in mind, this glass door freezer features sturdy painted steel construction designed to withstand the rigours of daily usage. It effectively addresses the challenge of maintaining product integrity with its reliable static cooling system, making it a functional and -lasting choice for any commercial setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 700Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 780(H) x 2004(W) x 758(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 106kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuiet, highly durable static cooling system ensures consistent temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range of -22°C to -18°C keeps your frozen items secure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-access sliding glass lid door with a sloped front maximises visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFour removable baskets enhance storage flexibility and organisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIntuitive digital controller with display simplifies temperature monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable design offers added security for your stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGenerous 700Ltr capacity allows for extensive inventory, perfect for bustling retail environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStrong steel construction provides longevity, reducing the need for frequent replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple manual defrost saves you time and effort in maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable castor wheels make moving and positioning the unit effortless and secure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient operation keeps electricity costs down while maintaining performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReliable refrigeration ensures that all frozen items are maintained at the appropriate levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Glass Door Freezer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting use, minimizing replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge storage capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStock more products, meeting diverse customer needs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e efficient\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower bills, boosting your bottom line.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile glass door freezer excels in various environments, making it suitable for several applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSupermarkets looking to showcase frozen food items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMini-markets that need efficient space management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFarm shops that require reliable refrigeration for specialty products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eService stations wanting to provide travelers with frozen snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering businesses in need of extra cold storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, position the G-Series Supermarket Display Freezer on a level surface. Regular maintenance includes manual defrosting when necessary, and checking that the digital controller is set to your desired temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the freezer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series freezer operates between -22°C to -18°C, making it suitable for various frozen goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the freezer efficient?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it comes with an rating of C, helping you manage operational costs while maintaining excellent performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is backed by a 2-year warranty covering parts and labour, assuring you of its reliability and quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your retail space with the G-Series Supermarket Display Freezer 700ltr, designed for both durability and efficiency. Order today to optimize your frozen goods display and secure your investment in quality refrigeration.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811009347969,"sku":"PG002","price":2301.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/f3163d53b971f82b735b446b716cd6f0.png?v=1781705845"},{"product_id":"950l-commercial-upright-display-cooler-with-light-box","title":"950L Commercial Upright Display Cooler with Light Box","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Upright Display Cooler with Light Box 950Ltr is a robust refrigeration solution tailored for commercial environments. Designed for shops, restaurants, and delis, this display cooler helps present your products while maintaining optimal temperature control, ensuring freshness and appeal to customers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with durable commercial-grade materials, the G-Series showcases a high-quality painted steel finish and effective temperature management. Its reliable construction addresses the everyday challenges of demanding settings, distinguishing itself with user-friendly features aimed at enhancing operational efficiency and reducing maintenance overheads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 500W. finish.. Hinged Doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 950Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 2036(H) x 1200(W) x 730(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 177kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSelf-closing doors help to reduce running costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSupplied with 5 adjustable shelves with pricing strips per door for flexible storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean construction saves time and effort during routine maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFeatures an attractive interior and canopy LED light for enhanced visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-replaceable door seals promote service life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty castors facilitate easy movement for cleaning and positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for demanding commercial use, ensuring reliability throughout the day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelving offers flexible storage for a variety of products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow running costs through self-closing doors and efficient refrigerant technology.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly features contribute to reduced food waste through optimal temperature control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAttractive display enhances product presentation, enticing customers effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to maintain, minimizing downtime and maximizing productivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Upright Display Fridges\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh storage capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore a wide range of products, increasing sales opportunities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSelf-closing doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHelps save on costs and maintains internal temperatures\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLED lighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eImproves product visibility and attracts customer attention.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty castors\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllows for easy movement for cleaning and adjustments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis upright display cooler is perfect for a variety of commercial applications, making it a versatile addition to any business looking to showcase refrigerated items effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRetail stores showcasing beverages and snacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants displaying desserts and salads\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes highlighting cold drinks and food items\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDelis needing easy access to fresh ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, regularly clean the condenser coil at least four times a year. Position the unit in a suitable environment, ideally on carpeted or soft surfaces to minimize noise levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the G-Series upright display cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is between 2°C to 6°C, ideal for food storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of refrigerant does this cooler use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model utilizes, known for its low global warming potential, making it an environmentally friendly choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many shelves does the cooler come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series comes with five adjustable shelves, allowing for flexible storage options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the G-Series Upright Display Cooler with Light Box 950Ltr for a dependable refrigeration solution that enhances product visibility while maintaining optimal freshness. Shop now to elevate your display and operational efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811018981761,"sku":"GE580","price":2543.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/eb34f48de780f7ea644ed62b735d4c52.png?v=1781706002"},{"product_id":"950l-commercial-upright-display-cooler-with-sliding-doors","title":"950L Commercial Upright Display Cooler with Sliding Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Upright Display Cooler with Light Box 950Ltr with Sliding Doors is a robust refrigeration solution designed for commercial spaces. This unit is perfect for retailers, restaurants, and cafes looking to showcase products while maintaining optimal temperatures. The primary benefit of this upright display fridge is its impressive 950-liter capacity, allowing for extensive storage and visibility of items, enhancing customer experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials and a strong commercial build, this model excels in demanding environments. The G-Series is designed to operate efficiently, providing stable temperatures between 2°C to 6°C. Its self-closing sliding doors not only reduce costs but also streamline customer access, setting it apart from other models on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 950Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 500W. finish. \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 2036(H) x 1200(W) x 730(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 177kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient design helps lower operational costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLed lighting for enhanced product visibility and presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction for hassle-free maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFeatures heavy-duty castors for easy positioning and mobility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFive adjustable shelves for versatile storage options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuilt-in temperature range for ideal food preservation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSelf-closing sliding doors minimize temperature loss, improving efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean surfaces for quick maintenance and hygiene compliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLED lighting enhances product display, attracting customer attention.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelves allow customization of space for different items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty construction ensures durability in high-use environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuiet operation contributes to a pleasant customer environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Upright Display Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore a greater variety of products, reducing restocking frequency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower electricity bills from reduced consumption.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSelf-closing doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaintain consistent temperatures, preserving product freshness.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting performance in demanding commercial environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Upright Display Cooler excels in various commercial settings. Its versatility and functionality make it ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSupermarkets and grocery stores\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDelis and convenience shops\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries and dessert shops\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent catering services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, install the cooler on a level surface away from heat sources. Regular maintenance, including cleaning the condenser coil at least four times a year, is recommended to maintain efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of this cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series operates at a temperature range of 2°C to 6°C, ideal for food storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many shelves does the cooler include?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cooler comes with five adjustable shelves, allowing for flexible storage configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of refrigerant does it use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cooler uses refrigerant, known for its low environmental impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor reliable and efficient product display alongside savings, consider the G-Series Upright Display Cooler. Order today and enhance your commercial refrigeration setup.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811019112833,"sku":"GE581","price":2570.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/aaa3a367601d2c26e2901145d62decf5.png?v=1781706002"},{"product_id":"950ltr-commercial-double-door-display-cooler-with-light-box","title":"950Ltr Commercial Double Door Display Cooler with Light Box","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Double Door Display Cooler with Light Box 950Ltr HOST1110UR is an essential refrigeration solution designed for commercial spaces such as cafes, restaurants, and convenience stores. This display cooler not only offers ample storage but also enhances the visibility of your products with its built-in light box, attracting customers and encouraging purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality painted steel, the HOST Double Door Display Cooler boasts durability and strength, ensuring it withstands the rigors of daily use. Its spacious 950-liter capacity solves the common problem of limited refrigeration space, allowing businesses to showcase a wide variety of beverages efficiently. The self-closing, double-glazed, lockable doors add convenience and security, making this unit a standout choice for any establishment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 950 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 2036(H) x 1200(W) x 730(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 177kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRefrigerant \/ GWP 3 for environmentally friendly operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNoise Level 55 decibels for quiet operation in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range from 0°C to 10°C, suitable for various beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMax ambient temperature of 32°C, ensuring optimal performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty castors for easy positioning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFive adjustable shelves to maximise usability and storage options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e efficient, saving on running costs with an annual consumption of 1422.04 kWh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSelf-closing doors reduce the likelihood of temperature loss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelves allow for customised layouts according to product size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDouble-glazing helps maintain consistent temperatures while improving efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty design withstands the demands of high-traffic commercial environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnvironmentally friendly refrigerant choice aligns with green practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable doors ensure that your stock is secure during off-hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Upright Display Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAmple storage capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore a wide range of beverages efficiently, reducing restock frequency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in light box\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances the visibility of your product selection, attracting more customers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomise the interior layout based on changing inventory needs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSaves on utility costs while providing reliable performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Double Door Display Cooler is versatile and ideal for various applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes and coffee shops for displaying drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs for efficient storage of bottled beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenience stores for quick access to chilled products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants needing a reliable beverage display solution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent catering to keep drinks cool during service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure proper ventilation around the cooler during installation. Regular cleaning and maintenance will enhance its longevity and efficiency, ensuring that your display cooler remains in peak operating condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the noise level of the cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Double Door Display Cooler operates at a noise level of 55 decibels, ensuring a quieter environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of refrigerant is used?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cooler utilizes refrigerant, which is known for its low global warming potential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the power requirements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit requires an electric power supply of 220-240V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the perfect blend of functionality and durability with the HOST Double Door Display Cooler with Light Box 950Ltr. Order today and elevate your beverage presentation! \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811019211137,"sku":"HT159","price":1550.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/2717ed01b3e024a5a2044deaf64670c3.png?v=1781706003"},{"product_id":"950ltr-commercial-upright-display-cooler-with-hinged-doors","title":"950Ltr Commercial Upright Display Cooler with Hinged Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Upright Hinged Door Display Cooler with Light Box 950Ltr Black is designed for commercial use, making it the perfect solution for businesses needing reliable and efficient refrigeration. Ideal for environments like restaurants and cafes, this display cooler dramatically enhances visibility of products while providing optimal storage conditions for food and beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with robust materials, the G-Series is built to withstand daily wear and tear in kitchens and retail spaces. Its black painted steel and glass design not only maintains an attractive appearance but also promotes efficiency, ensuring you save on costs without compromising performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 500W. Black finish.. Hinged Doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 950Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 2036(H) x 1200(W) x 730(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 177kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant \/ GWP 3 for environmentally sustainable operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range from 2°C to 6°C keeps products fresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-closing doors help to reduce consumption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with 5 adjustable shelves for versatile storage options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-replaceable door seals for easy maintenance and extended service life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient cooling system promotes optimal product freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction allows quick maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in LED lighting enhances product visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty castors make repositioning effortless.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelves enable personalization for various products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow noise level ensures a pleasant environment for both staff and customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Upright Display Fridges\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStore a wide variety of beverages and snacks in one unit.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-closing doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConserve while ensuring product integrity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfidence in the product longevity and support.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdapt storage to fit different items, enhancing flexibility.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironmentally friendly refrigerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContributes to a reduction in carbon footprint.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis display cooler shines in various settings, making it a versatile choice for any food service or retail operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants for storing drinks and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés to showcase pastries and chilled beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrocery stores for featuring dairy products and ready-to-eat meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenience stores for easily accessible snack options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelis for maintaining the freshness of cold cuts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain the efficiency of the G-Series, ensure that the condenser coil is cleaned at least four times a year. This practice significantly improves appliance performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the optimal temperature for storing food in this cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recommended operating temperature is 6°C for preserving the quality of food items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should the unit be cleaned?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, the condenser coil should be cleaned at least four times a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty comes with the cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product includes a two-year warranty covering parts and labour, providing peace of mind for your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your commercial refrigeration with the G-Series Upright Hinged Door Display Cooler. Order today for efficient storage and exceptional visibility!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811019243905,"sku":"GM813","price":2543.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/0e9c1cedd52ec4fc80e8f3c95b2cbe74.png?v=1781706004"},{"product_id":"commercial-16-bottle-table-top-wine-fridge-48ltr-capacity","title":"Commercial 16 Bottle Table Top Wine Fridge 48Ltr Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series 16 Bottle Table Top Wine Fridge is an essential addition for wine enthusiasts and commercial establishments alike. Designed to store and showcase your favorite Bordeaux-style bottles, this wine cooler harmoniously blends style and function. Whether you are a restaurateur seeking efficient wine storage or a home entertainer preparing for your next gathering, this unit meets your needs with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from durable painted steel, the C-Series wine fridge is built for everyday commercial use in less demanding environments. With the ability to operate in ambient temperatures up to 32°C, it effectively maintains a suitable storage climate. Its intuitive LED control panel simplifies temperature adjustment, ensuring your wine is always served at its best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 48Ltr – accommodates up to 16 Bordeaux-style wine bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 560(H) x 430(W) x 450(D)mm – compact design for tabletop placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel – durable and sturdy construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220\/240V – perfect for electrical outlets\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 17kg – easy to move as needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour – provides peace of mind with your purchase\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable temperature control to keep wine at the perfect serving temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable tempered glass door for a clear view and added protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic off cycle defrost to maintain efficiency and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThree strong removable shelves for easy access and cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNoise level of 39 dB(A) for a quiet operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpecially designed shelves prevent bottle movement and damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range of 5°C to 18°C for optimal wine storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e rating of G, ensuring efficient usage\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable feet for secure positioning in any setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStylish black finish complements various decor styles\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for low maintenance, reducing upkeep chores\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFits in compact spaces, enhancing versatility in placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Wine Coolers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePreserves wine quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy every sip at the ideal temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact yet spacious design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaximize storage without sacrificing valuable counter space\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to operate control panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuick adjustments for instant results\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLongevity for regular use in commercial environments\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series wine cooler excels in various settings, making it the perfect choice for diverse applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and bars for efficient wine service\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePrivate homes for wine collectors and enthusiasts\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent venues for optimal storage during gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels providing in-room beverage services\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSmall businesses with limited counter space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, the C-Series wine fridge should be placed on a flat, stable surface. Ensure adequate ventilation by keeping the unit away from heat sources. Regular cleaning of the interior and exterior will help maintain its appearance and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the C-Series wine fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is from 5°C to 18°C, ensuring your wine is stored at the perfect serving temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bottles can the wine fridge hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit can accommodate up to 16 Bordeaux-style wine bottles with a capacity of 48Ltr.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of refrigeration does it use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fridge utilizes R600a refrigerant, which is efficient and environmentally friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy the convenience and functionality of the C-Series 16 Bottle Table Top Wine Fridge. With ample capacity and reliable design, it’s ideal for any wine lover. Order today and elevate your wine storage experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811039887745,"sku":"CB058","price":338.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7283c47b4c617f95e22a54716cbd455f.png?v=1781706296"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-128ltr-solid-door-850mm-height","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 128Ltr Solid Door 850mm Height","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series 850mm Back Bar Cooler with Solid Door 128Ltr is a superior choice for establishments looking to efficiently store and display beverages. Built specifically for use in demanding environments, this bar cooler is perfect for pubs, restaurants, and cafes. It ensures quick access to your favorite drinks while maintaining the optimal temperature for preservation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with durable steel and high-quality components, this beer fridge is designed to withstand the rigors of everyday business operations. With its -efficient features, it helps reduce running costs while maintaining a clean and organized display of beverages. The solid door design not only enhances its rugged appeal but also provides excellent insulation, differentiating it from less robust options on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 850(H) x 600(W) x 520(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 48kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 128Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -saving LED interior lighting for easy identification of contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable for added stock security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAuto-close solid door improves efficiency and reduces running costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRear rollers enable easy positioning for simpler cleaning and installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStrong commercial construction makes it incredibly durable and reliable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe adjustable shelves provide flexible storage capacity to accommodate various bottle sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAuto-close door prevents temperature loss, keeping drinks chilled more efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNoise level is modest, allowing it to fit into quiet environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range of 2°C to 8°C ensures your beverages are served at the optimal temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range of 5°C to 38°C promotes versatility in diverse environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridges\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurability in high-use settings, reducing replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLowers electricity bills, ensuring cost-effective operation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLockable door\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures beverage security, protecting your stock from theft.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLED lighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVisibility of contents in dim settings, aiding quick access for staff.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler excels in various settings. It is an exceptional addition for any commercial setting where quick access to chilled beverages is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePubs and bars for efficient beer storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants serving a variety of cold beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes looking to offer a selection of chilled drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels needing accessible cooling for room service orders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, position the cooler away from direct sunlight and other heat sources. Ensure that there is sufficient airflow around the unit for ventilation. Regular cleaning of the exterior and interior is recommended to maintain hygiene and prolong the product's lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the rating of this unit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler features an rating of A, ensuring efficient electricity consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range can the cooler maintain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit can maintain a temperature range between 2°C and 8°C for optimal beverage chilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the cooler easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, its strong steel construction allows for easy cleaning and maintenance, ensuring a hygienic environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis G-Series 850mm Back Bar Cooler with Solid Door 128Ltr is an essential solution for busy establishments aiming to enhance their beverage service. Order today to elevate your drinks display and efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811112206721,"sku":"GE997","price":839.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/59892a4dbdd7192224b8d413ae8756c6.png?v=1781707014"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-128ltr-hinged-door-beer-fridge","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 128Ltr Hinged Door Beer Fridge","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Door 128Ltr is the ideal solution for bars and restaurants looking to efficiently store and display beverages. Tailored for demanding environments, this beer fridge combines durability with functionality, ensuring your drinks are always at the perfect temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality painted steel and glass, this back bar cooler is designed to withstand daily use while maintaining its elegant appearance. The smart design features -efficient LED lighting that showcases your beverages, making it perfect for high-traffic areas. With its user-friendly digital controls and robust construction, this fridge alleviates concerns of frequent access while delivering impressive performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 180W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 56 x 330ml bottles and up to 35 x 330ml cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 1050(H) x 650(W) x 570(D) mm packed\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 46kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/strong\u003e 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e2 sturdy adjustable shelves maximize storage capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFan-assisted cooling provides rapid temperature recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost feature enhances efficiency and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDouble-glazed lockable door enhances both security and efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-capacity storage is perfect for busy bars and restaurants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient LED lighting enhances visibility and aesthetics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature stability ensures drinks are served cold and refreshing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital controls simplify operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eR600a refrigerant is environmentally friendly with low global warming potential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRear rollers allow for easy repositioning, simplifying maintenance and cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridges\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBuilt to last\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -term investment with durable components designed for commercial use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower bills while maintaining optimal cold storage.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCapacity for various beverages\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore a wide range of drinks, accommodating all customer preferences.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis back bar cooler is versatile and suited for multiple environments where cold beverage storage is vital.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for bars, pubs, and nightclubs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for restaurants and cafes offering takeaway drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for events and caterers needing portable beverage solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuitable for convenience stores and retail outlets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, position the unit on a flat surface and keep it regularly cleaned, particularly the condenser coil, which should be maintained at least four times a year to sustain efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the ideal temperature range for this cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ideal temperature range for the G-Series Back Bar Cooler is between 2°C to 8°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much can it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cooler can accommodate 56 x 330ml bottles and up to 35 x 330ml cans, making it perfect for varied beverage storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it -efficient?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the cooler operates with an -efficient design and has an rating of D, helping to lower utility costs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your beverage storage with the G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Door 128Ltr today, and ensure your drinks are always perfectly chilled and presented. Shop now!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811112272257,"sku":"GL011","price":921.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/3e5cae41836a852ee88e5b872460ebea.png?v=1781707014"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-137ltr-single-door-900mm-height","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 137Ltr Single Door 900mm Height","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe EERM Series Back Bar Cooler with 1 Door EERM-1 is a reliable refrigeration solution designed specifically for establishments that demand high-quality storage for beverages, especially in busy bars and restaurants. Offering a generous net capacity of 137 liters, this beer fridge ensures that your drinks are stored at the optimal temperature, keeping them fresh and easily accessible for your customers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable galvanised steel, the EERM-1 is built to withstand the rigors of commercial environments. The cooler features double-glazed doors equipped with anti-mist protection, ensuring a clear view of the contents while maintaining efficiency. Its sleek black finish not only adds a modern touch to your venue but also highlights its quality, setting it apart from typical residential fridges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 220W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanised Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 51kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 900(H) x 625(W) x 565(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 137Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple front-mounted digital control for effortless operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAlways-on display for continuous monitoring of internal temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo adjustable plastic grid shelves allow for customizable storage options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLocks included as for added security of your beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient operation minimizes electricity costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable doors enhance security, making it ideal for high-traffic environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDouble glazed doors prevent condensation, maintaining a clear view of stored items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelves provide flexible storage solutions for varying product sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFront-mounted controls simplify operations, reducing staff training time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust build quality ensures longevity in a commercial setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDouble-glazed doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eClear visibility of products without compromising efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable galvanised steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting construction that stands up to heavy use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFront-mounted digital panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy monitoring and control for hassle-free operation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLockable design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIncreased security for your valuable stock.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile back bar cooler is perfect for a variety of settings. Its design is suited for establishments looking to enhance their beverage service while maintaining efficiency and organization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs for efficient drink storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants emphasizing quick service and availability of beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafeterias needing reliable cold drink solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent spaces where easy access to beverages is essential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation of the EERM-1 is straightforward, requiring a level surface and a electrical outlet. Regular maintenance involves cleaning the interior and checking the drain to ensure optimal functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the EERM Series Back Bar Cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cooler has a net capacity of 137 liters, making it ideal for storing a variety of beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the back bar cooler lockable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the EERM-1 comes with locks as for added security of your stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe back bar cooler includes a warranty of 2 years on parts and labour, ensuring peace of mind with your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your beverage service today with the EERM Series Back Bar Cooler. Its stylish design and practical features make it an essential addition to any commercial setting. Order now to ensure your drinks are always cold and ready for your customers!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811112337793,"sku":"FU033","price":2193.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/da50da06b8b5cada3b8c3ca90c6fea3d.png?v=1781707015"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-138l-capacity-hinged-door-black","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 138L Capacity Hinged Door Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Door Black 138Ltr is an essential addition for bars and restaurants needing efficient and reliable refrigeration solutions. Specifically designed for demanding environments, this beer fridge offers a remarkable capacity for keeping beverages cool and easily accessible, ensuring customers always receive their drinks at the optimal temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis bar cooler boasts a robust construction using high-quality painted steel, making it ideal for frequent use. With an ability to maintain temperatures in conditions up to 32°C, its advanced features like automatic defrost and fan-assisted cooling set it apart in the competitive landscape of commercial refrigeration. This cooler not only preserves your beverages effectively but also enhances the visual appeal of your bar with its sleek black finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 180W. Steel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 108 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 1100(H) x 650(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 48kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/strong\u003e 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFan-assisted cooling ensures rapid temperature recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo sturdy adjustable shelves provide maximised storage capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLED lighting enhances visibility while being efficient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable double-glazed door ensures security for your stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean construction simplifies maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReliable temperature maintenance in high-demand settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction reduces the need for frequent replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelves offer flexibility in storage options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient lighting helps reduce costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDigital temperature controls ensure precise monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable door provides security against theft.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaximum capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore more beverages for your peak hours without hassle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStable temperature regulation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eKeep drinks at the ideal serving temperature, enhancing customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy longevity in a busy environment without frequent breakdowns.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler is versatile and well-suited for various settings. It excels in keeping beverages cold and easily accessible in a range of environments:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClubs and entertainment venues\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent catering services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure proper placement on even surfaces and regular cleaning of the condenser coil at least four times a year to maintain efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power consumption of the G-Series Back Bar Cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cooler operates at a power specification of 180W.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bottles can the cooler hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has a capacity to store up to 108 x 330ml bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is a 2-year warranty covering parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn summary, the G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Door Black 138Ltr provides exceptional reliability and efficiency, making it the ideal choice for businesses that prioritize quality refrigeration. Order today to ensure a steady supply of perfectly chilled beverages for your customers.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811112370561,"sku":"GL001","price":791.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/aeb510550133cd1b63781977edf486a2.png?v=1781707015"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-137ltr-stainless-steel-1-door","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 137Ltr Stainless Steel 1 Door","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe EERM Series Back Bar Cooler with 1 Door 137Ltr EERM-1 SS is an essential appliance for bars, restaurants, and cafes looking to showcase beverages effectively while maintaining optimal cooling. This beer fridge is designed for those who demand reliability and efficiency, offering a significant capacity of 137 liters to store a wide variety of drinks. With a stainless steel finish that complements any decor, it not only serves as a functional cooler but also enhances the presentation of your establishment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality galvanised steel, this back bar cooler is built to withstand the rigors of daily use in a commercial environment. The robust build quality ensures durability and longevity, alleviating concerns of wear over time. Features like double-glazed doors with anti-mist protection set it apart from competitors, allowing for clear visibility of your beverages while minimizing fogging. This thoughtful design encourages sales and adds a sleek touch to your service area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 220W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanised Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 900mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 137Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 900(H) x 625(W) x 565(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 51kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e G\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStylish stainless steel finish elevates your beverage display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDouble-glazed doors with anti-mist protection ensure clear visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIntegrated locks as for enhanced security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFitted with 2 plastic grid shelves per door for versatile storage options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use front-mounted digital panel for effortless temperature control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAlways-on display allows constant temperature monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpace-efficient design suitable for different bar layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable doors ensure your stock is secure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient operation helps in reducing utility costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSmart design reduces condensation for consistently clear viewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridges\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust build quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable for commercial usage without frequent replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLockable design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eKeep your drinks safe and secure from unauthorized access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAlways-on temperature display\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy management of beverage quality by monitoring internal temperatures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAmple storage capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConveniently store a large array of drinks to meet customer demand.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe EERM Series Back Bar Cooler is versatile, suitable for various settings where keeping beverages cold is essential. It excels in the following environments:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs for storing assorted beers and soft drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants as a stylish beverage display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés for chilled drinks and desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels for mini bars in guest rooms or lobbies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent spaces for cocktail parties and receptions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the cooler is installed in a well-ventilated area. Regularly clean the exterior and shelves to maintain hygiene and appearance. Check door seals for proper closure to minimize consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the EERM Back Bar Cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe net capacity of this cooler is 137 liters, providing ample space for a variety of beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty available for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the cooler comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat voltage does the cooler operate on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis back bar cooler operates on a voltage range of 220-240V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the EERM Series Back Bar Cooler today to keep your beverages perfectly chilled and within easy reach. Its innovative design and -efficient operation make it a valuable addition to any commercial setting. Shop now!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811112403329,"sku":"FU030","price":2399.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/b3f1ba5b14cf78addc3fff904a29d2c4.png?v=1781707015"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-138l-stainless-steel-beer-fridge","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 138L Stainless Steel Beer Fridge","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Door is a robust refrigeration solution tailored for bars and catering professionals. Designed with reliability in mind, it offers a substantial 138Ltr capacity, making it the ideal choice for those who need to keep beverages chilled and easily accessible. This cooler excels in high-demand environments, ensuring your customers enjoy perfectly chilled drinks every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from durable stainless steel, the G-Series is constructed to withstand the rigors of daily use. Its ability to maintain optimum temperatures even in conditions up to 32°C ensures maximum performance. Features such as automatic defrost and fan-assisted cooling enhance its efficiency, setting it apart as a top choice for serious operators in the food and beverage industry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 108 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 48kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature Range of 2°C to 8°C for optimal beverage storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSecure double glazed lockable door for added security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost feature maximizes performance and reduces maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNoise level of just 45 decibels, making it suitable for quieter environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient LED lighting illuminates contents while minimizing use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction for simple maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelves enable effective use of space for various bottle sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRear rollers provide easy positioning for hassle-free cleaning and setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls ensure precise management of internal conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridges\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliable temperature control\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConsistently chilled beverages enhance customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces the need for frequent replacements, saving you money in the run.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy accessibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStreamlines service during busy hours, improving operational efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler is versatile and suitable for various environments. Whether you run a bustling bar, a catering service, or a restaurant, this cooler will perform exceptionally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs where rapid access to chilled beverages is crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants that require effective storage for a diverse drink selection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services that need reliable refrigeration during events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens for storing ingredients and garnishes at optimal temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit features rear rollers for easy movement, allowing you to position it wherever necessary. Regular cleaning of the condenser coil—at least four times a year—is essential for preserving its efficiency and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the G-Series Back Bar Cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cooler operates within a temperature range of 2°C to 8°C, ideal for beverage storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much power does this cooler consume?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler has a power rating of 180W, ensuring efficient operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of warranty do I receive with this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour purchase includes a 2-year parts and labour warranty, providing peace of mind for your investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Door for your bar or catering needs, ensuring efficient, reliable refrigeration that keeps your beverages perfectly chilled. Order today and elevate your service with this cooling solution!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811112436097,"sku":"GL007","price":1041.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/a6a6755e15597d1be96b164427a36499.png?v=1781707015"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-138ltr-solid-door-900mm-height","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 138Ltr Solid Door 900mm Height","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series 900mm Back Bar Cooler with Solid Door 138Ltr is an essential piece of refrigeration equipment designed for bar owners and hospitality professionals seeking optimal storage for beverages. With its ample capacity and robust build, this cooler ensures that your drinks are served at the ideal temperature while keeping them easily accessible for quick service.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable steel, the G-Series is built to withstand the high demands of a busy bar environment. The solid door provides superior insulation and security for your stock while minimizing consumption. Its -grade quality sets it apart from residential fridges, making it a strategically smart choice for establishments that prioritize both performance and efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 180W. Hinged solid door. Steel.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 108 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 1100(H) x 650(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 48kg\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003e -efficient operation helps manage utility costs effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eAuto-close solid door aids in reducing costs without compromising performance.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eLockable design enhances security for stored stock.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean painted steel exterior simplifies maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature capability maximizes versatility for various settings.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eRear rollers allow straightforward positioning and maneuverability for cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n \u003cli\u003e Rating A - Reduces operational costs while supporting sustainable practices.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eTemperature Range of 2°C to 8°C - Ideal for keeping drinks at the perfect serving temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eLow Noise Level of 45 decibels - Ensures a quieter bar environment, enhancing customer experience.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eTwo adjustable shelves - Offers customizable storage options to accommodate various beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003e -saving LED interior lighting - Facilitates easy identification of contents even in low light.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eStrong construction - Reliable for constant daily operation in demanding environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridges\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n \u003cthead\u003e \n \u003ctr\u003e \n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n \u003c\/tr\u003e \n \u003c\/thead\u003e \n \u003ctbody\u003e \n \u003ctr\u003e \n \u003ctd\u003eDurable steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e \n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures longevity and withstands heavy daily use.\u003c\/td\u003e \n \u003c\/tr\u003e \n \u003ctr\u003e \n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e \n \u003ctd\u003eHolds up to 108 bottles, reducing restocking frequency.\u003c\/td\u003e \n \u003c\/tr\u003e \n \u003ctr\u003e \n \u003ctd\u003eAuto-close feature\u003c\/td\u003e \n \u003ctd\u003eHelps maintain optimal temperature while conserving.\u003c\/td\u003e \n \u003c\/tr\u003e \n \u003ctr\u003e \n \u003ctd\u003eLockable security\u003c\/td\u003e \n \u003ctd\u003eProtects your inventory from unauthorized access.\u003c\/td\u003e \n \u003c\/tr\u003e \n \u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series 900mm Back Bar Cooler excels in various settings, making it ideally suited for:\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eBusy bars and pubs\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eEvent venues and catering services\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eGuesthouses and hotels\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor events with sufficient electrical supply\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the cooler is placed in a location with appropriate airflow. Regularly clean surfaces to maintain hygiene and performance, making the most of its easy-clean exterior.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power consumption of the G-Series Back Bar Cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThis model operates at a power rating of 180W and 1.3A, designed for efficient use.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, it includes a warranty of 2 years covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the shelves be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, the unit features two strong adjustable shelves for flexible storage options.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eWith its efficient cooling, secure design, and robust build, the G-Series 900mm Back Bar Cooler is a brilliant investment for any business that values performance and reliability in beverage storage. Order today to elevate your service experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811115221377,"sku":"GL015","price":839.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/973c87864658d818c4b4320724c32a88.png?v=1781707016"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-208l-capacity-solid-doors","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 208L Capacity Solid Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Solid Doors 208Ltr is a robust solution for professionals in the bar and catering industry, designed to keep beverages at optimal temperatures. This dependable beer fridge is perfect for bars, restaurants, and catering events where efficient access to chilled drinks is essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from hard-wearing materials, the G-Series is built for frequent use in demanding environments. Its solid steel exterior not only provides durability but also offers practical features that enhance its usability. This cooler can reliably maintain a temperature range in higher ambient conditions, ensuring that your products are always served at their best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 230W. Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 1100(H) x 960(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 62kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFan-assisted cooling ensures rapid temperature recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSelf-closing lockable doors improve security and efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient internal LED lighting for visibility and savings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises performance while minimising use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean construction saves time during maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range of 2°C to 8°C, keeping your beverages perfectly chilled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e4 sturdy adjustable shelves for maximising storage flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRear rollers allow for effortless positioning and cleaning access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls facilitate easy management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow noise level at 50 decibels ensures a quiet working environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range of 5°C to 38°C for versatility in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBuilt to withstand heavy daily use in busy environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSelf-closing lockable doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances efficiency and protects your stock.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient cooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHelps save on electricity bills while keeping products perfectly chilled.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler is an outstanding addition to various environments. Its sturdy design and efficient cooling make it suitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBar and pub settings, where quick access to beers and beverages is crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants that require consistent temperature control for bottled drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services, ensuring drinks are fresh and ready for events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent venues that need reliable refrigeration during gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, position the cooler on a level surface and ensure adequate ventilation around the unit. Regular cleaning of the exterior and shelves will help maintain its appearance and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the G-Series Back Bar Cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cooler maintains a temperature range of 2°C to 8°C, suitable for various beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bottles can the cooler hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit has a capacity for 180 x 330ml bottles, making it perfect for bars and events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the G-Series Back Bar Cooler to ensure your beverages stay cold and accessible while maintaining efficiency and durability in demanding settings. Order today and elevate your bar experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811115352449,"sku":"GL016","price":1031.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/46bebcb1b620441bd4145d7d411ae70f.png?v=1781707021"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-198ltr-hinged-doors-beer-fridge","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 198Ltr Hinged Doors Beer Fridge","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Doors 198Ltr is an essential addition for any bar or catering establishment looking to enhance their beverage storage efficiency. Designed specifically for commercial use, this beer fridge offers robust performance while providing easy access to your favorite drinks, making it perfect for busy environments where speed and reliability are crucial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from hard-wearing materials, the G-Series features a painted steel and glass design that not only safeguards your beverages but also complements your establishment's aesthetic. Its advanced features, like fan-assisted cooling and automatic defrost, ensure optimal temperature control and efficiency, solving the common problem of inconsistent beverage temperatures in busy bar settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 230W. Hinged doors. R600a\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 117 x 330ml bottles and up to 60 x 330ml cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 1050(H) x 960(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 60kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/strong\u003e 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e D\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNoise Level\u003c\/strong\u003e 50\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmbient Temperature Range\u003c\/strong\u003e 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRefrigerant\u003c\/strong\u003e R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V. 1.8A\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal Lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e efficient LED lighting showcases contents\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity\u003c\/strong\u003e Double glazed lockable door for security and efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 sturdy adjustable shelves maximise storage capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling for rapid temperature recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear rollers enable easy positioning for simpler cleaning and installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls and display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned with -term usability in mind; handles and parts are available for eight years post-sale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction to withstand high-demand environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient cooling system for consistent beverage quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLED lighting highlights drink selection and entices customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable doors enhance security during non-operational hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDigital controls simplify temperature management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelves cater to various bottle sizes and types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGreat durability and -term reliability in commercial settings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient cooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaintains ideal temperatures for your beverages, increasing customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConvenient design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to access and rearrange your drinks as needed, streamlining service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -saving operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower bills while maintaining optimal performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSecurity features\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePeace of mind knowing your stock is secure during off hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler is an ideal choice for a variety of settings where beverage storage is key. Its versatility makes it suitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs, providing convenient access to a wide range of drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafés, enhancing beverage presentation and availability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent venues, efficiently storing drinks for busy service periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNightclubs, ensuring quick turnover with easy accessibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services, keeping drinks cool while on location.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the cooler in a well-ventilated area to ensure optimal air circulation. Regular maintenance, including cleaning the condenser coil at least four times a year, will help maintain its efficiency and prolong the appliance's life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the G-Series Back Bar Cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is between 2°C to 8°C, ensuring your beverages are served at the perfect temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much capacity does it have for drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cooler can hold up to 117 x 330ml bottles or up to 60 x 330ml cans, providing ample space for your stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty with this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labor, giving you peace of mind with your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience exceptional performance and reliability with the G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Doors 198Ltr. Order today and elevate your beverage storage capabilities!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811115319681,"sku":"GL012","price":1031.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/069a276e587926a2128cbfd2421c2b48.png?v=1781707021"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-208l-capacity-hinged-doors","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 208L Capacity Hinged Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Doors Black 208Ltr is an essential addition for any bar or restaurant seeking efficient beverage storage. Designed for professionals, this beer fridge offers a generous capacity to keep your drinks cold and accessible, ensuring you can serve customers promptly and efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with durability in mind, the G-Series features strong commercial-grade construction from painted steel and glass. This robust design is perfect for demanding environments, providing the reliability you need in your establishment. Its advanced cooling technology maintains optimal temperatures while its sleek black finish complements any decor, setting it apart from beverage coolers.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 230W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 62kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100(H) x 960(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan-assisted cooling for rapid temperature recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelves maximize storage space for various beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLockable, double-glazed door improves security and reduces costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost feature enhances cooling performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e -efficient internal LED lighting saves on running costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range of 2°C to 8°C ensures drinks are served at the optimal temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Rating D, providing an efficient operation for commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNoise level of 50 decibels, allowing placement in quieter environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear rollers facilitate easy positioning for cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls simplify monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy construction withstands the daily rigors of a busy bar or restaurant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridges\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e -lasting equipment that reduces replacement frequency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eServe more customers without the need for constant restocking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e -efficient features\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower operating costs while maintaining superior cooling performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexibility to store various beverage sizes and types.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile beer fridge excels in various settings, from bustling bars to cozy restaurants. It is ideal for environments needing quick access to chilled beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBars and nightclubs for easy beverage service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants to keep wines, beers, and non-alcoholic drinks readily available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés needing efficient cooling for various beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvent venues for temporary drink storage solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels offering in-room beverage options for guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, place the G-Series Back Bar Cooler on a level surface, preferably carpeted, to minimize noise disruption. Regular maintenance, including cleaning the condenser coil four times a year, is essential to ensure efficiency and -term operation.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does the cooler operate in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range for the cooler is 2°C to 8°C, ideal for storing beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much power does the G-Series consume?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe cooler operates at 230W and requires a voltage of 230V.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty included with the product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, there is a 2-year warranty for parts and labor on this unit.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Doors in Black offers an exceptional solution for your beverage storage needs. Enjoy efficient cooling and ample capacity designed for the demands of a busy environment. Order today to elevate your service capabilities!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811115385217,"sku":"GL002","price":1031.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/66f6cba3be7938a51970f33e8eb4ecb6.png?v=1781707021"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-198ltr-sliding-doors-beer-fridge","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 198Ltr Sliding Doors Beer Fridge","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Sliding Doors 198Ltr is an essential addition for bars, restaurants, and any establishment looking to showcase their beverages efficiently. Designed specifically for demanding environments, this beer fridge offers optimal visibility and easy access to your drinks, ensuring that your customers always have their favorites within reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with hard-wearing materials and a robust design, this back bar cooler effectively addresses the challenge of maintaining optimal beverage temperatures in high-traffic areas. Its sleek black finish complements various decor styles, while features like sliding glass doors enhance accessibility. By choosing the G-Series, you are investing in a reliable solution that supports efficient service during busy hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 230W. Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 117 x 330ml bottles and up to 60 x 330ml cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 1050(H) x 960(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 60kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/strong\u003e 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble glazed self-closing sliding doors protect contents and enhance efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital temperature controls allow easy adjustments to maintain ideal cooling conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range of 5°C to 38°C ensures peak performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost function maximizes efficiency and minimizes maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e -efficient internal LED lighting keeps your products visually appealing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear rollers facilitate seamless repositioning for cleaning and installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReliable cooling ensures that beverages remain chilled and refreshing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding doors provide easy access while minimizing temperature fluctuation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious capacity supports a wide variety of beverages, catering to diverse customer preferences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly controls make it simple for staff to manage temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust design withstands the rigors of daily use in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo-year warranty offers peace of mind in your investment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e -lasting performance even in high-use situations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge storage capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore space for various drinks, reducing restocking frequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e -efficient\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower operational costs due to reduced consumption\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStaff can easily operate and maintain the cooler, enhancing efficiency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler excels in various environments where chilled beverage display is crucial. Its versatility makes it ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBars and restaurants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels for guest service areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvents and catering services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetail shops displaying soft drinks and alcoholic beverages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClubs and lounges promoting quick access to refreshments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenience stores for efficient storage and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, it is recommended to position the cooler in an area with ambient temperatures between 5°C to 38°C. Regular maintenance, including cleaning the condenser coil at least four times a year, will help sustain efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the G-Series Back Bar Cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is between 2°C to 8°C, ensuring beverages are kept at ideal cooling temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cans and bottles can the cooler hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit can accommodate up to 117 x 330ml bottles and 60 x 330ml cans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty for this cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, there is a two-year warranty on parts and labor, providing assurance for your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Sliding Doors 198Ltr to keep your beverages perfectly chilled and accessible. Order today to elevate your beverage service experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811115450753,"sku":"GL010","price":1031.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/1523f80269b6bc942599754d2faf9305.png?v=1781707021"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-208ltr-stainless-steel-beer-fridge","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 208Ltr Stainless Steel Beer Fridge","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Doors Stainless Steel 208Ltr is an essential addition for any bar or restaurant looking to maintain optimal beverage storage. This -grade beer fridge effortlessly combines efficiency and, allowing you to showcase your drinks while keeping them at the perfect serving temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with high-quality stainless steel, this robust cooler is designed for daily use in busy environments. Its well-built construction ensures longevity and consistent performance, efficiently maintaining temperatures even in demanding conditions. Ideal for maximizing space, the G-Series offers reliable and -efficient cooling that sets it apart from ordinary refrigeration options.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 230W. Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 1100(H) x 960(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 62kg\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/strong\u003e 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost function enhances appliance efficiency and reduces maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eFan-assisted cooling provides rapid temperature recovery for consistently cold beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eSecure double-glazed lockable doors enhance security and insulation.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e -efficient internal LED lighting illuminates contents while saving on costs.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelves offer maximum flexibility, making it easy to store various container sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRear rollers simplify positioning, ensuring easy installation and cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls allow for precise adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRobust stainless steel construction guarantees durability and appeal.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e -efficient operation helps to lower running costs while reducing waste.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eLarge capacity accommodates a significant number of bottles, ideal for high-demand scenarios.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEffective temperature management optimizes serving conditions for beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCompact design fits seamlessly into various bar layouts, maximizing usable space.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly controls streamline operation and maintenance for staff.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures drinks are served perfectly chilled, enhancing customer experience.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eDurable design\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eInvesting in a -lasting cooler that withstands the rigors of use.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEasy access\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eFrequent access and quick selection improve service speed during peak hours.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003e efficient\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eReducing your operational costs helps improve your bottom line over time.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler is versatile and ideal for various commercial environments where beverage storage and display are necessary. This equipment excels in:\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eBars and pubs for rapid access to cold beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants looking for effective storage for wine and beer selections.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCaterers needing portable and efficient cooling solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEvent venues that host large gatherings, ensuring guests enjoy refreshing drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the G-Series is placed on a flat surface, ideally on a carpeted area to reduce noise. Regular cleaning of the condenser coil, at least four times a year, is essential to maintain efficiency and extends the lifespan of your cooler.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the G-Series Back Bar Cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is from 2°C to 8°C, making it perfect for chilling a variety of beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bottles can this cooler hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe cooler has a capacity for up to 180 x 330ml bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials is the cooler constructed from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eIt is made from durable stainless steel, designed to withstand regular use in commercial settings.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eOrder today to elevate your beverage service with the G-Series Back Bar Cooler, where efficiency meets excellent design.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811115417985,"sku":"GL008","price":1235.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/04601efa34fbbcf429b5585184f1f321.png?v=1781707021"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-225ltr-with-digital-control","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 225Ltr with Digital Control","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe EERM Series Back Bar Cooler with 2 Doors 225Ltr EERM-2 SS is an essential piece of equipment for bars, restaurants, and cafes that store beverages and require a reliable cooling solution. This beer fridge is designed to keep your drinks perfectly chilled while maintaining an organized space for easy access. With its robust build and efficient cooling capabilities, it ensures that your beverages remain fresh and appealing to customers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable galvanised steel, the EERM-2 SS combines longevity with style. Its double glazed doors feature anti-mist protection, providing a clear view of the contents while maintaining optimal internal temperatures. The cooler's front-mounted digital control panel ensures simple operation, making it user-friendly and efficient. With a net capacity of 225 litres, this cooler offers ample storage space, freeing up valuable real estate behind the bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 228W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 900(H) x 925(W) x 565(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanised Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 80kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 225Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e -efficient design that helps reduce electricity bills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStylish stainless steel finish enhances any bar or kitchen decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLockable doors provide additional security for your stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo plastic grid shelves per door ensure organized storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlways-on display allows you to keep an eye on internal temperature at all times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble glazed doors prevent condensation, ensuring perfect visibility of beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious 225Ltr capacity - store a wide variety of beverages, including bottles and cans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Rating G - efficient cooling that fits your without compromising quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble glazed doors with anti-mist protection - maintain visibility and easy access to your stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple digital control panel - adjust settings quickly for optimal performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLockable doors - secure your inventory and minimize loss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStylish design - complements bar aesthetics while providing functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable Galvanised Steel Construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e -lasting performance and resistance to wear and tear.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmple Storage Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpace for a wide selection of beers and beverages, catering to diverse customer preferences.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEffortless Operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick adjustments and monitoring for consistent cooling and easy inventory management.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e Efficiency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduces your monthly utility costs, saving money over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecure Locks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePeace of mind knowing that your stock is safe from theft.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe EERM Series Back Bar Cooler is perfect for a variety of settings where chilled beverage storage is a necessity. Here are some ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBars and pubs for chilled beer and soft drink storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants for quick access to beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafes that serve cold drinks or bottled refreshments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvent spaces needing reliable drinks refrigeration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels offering room service drinks in good condition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor best performance, position the back bar cooler in a well-ventilated area, allowing for adequate airflow around the unit. Regularly check the internal temperature and clean the exterior and shelves to maintain hygiene and efficiency. Ensure that the unit is connected to a suitable power supply to operate effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe EERM-2 SS comes with a 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour warranty for your peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this cooler be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it is recommended for indoor use only to ensure optimal performance and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the internal temperature range of this beer fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough the specific temperature range is not listed, the digital control panel allows for easy monitoring and adjustment to maintain the ideal temperature for beverage storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the benefits of effective beverage storage with the EERM Series Back Bar Cooler with 2 Doors 225Ltr EERM-2 SS. Order today to enhance your bar operations and keep your drinks perfectly chilled!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811115483521,"sku":"FU031","price":3103.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/cb85aaea5dbe18b85a2ef45398ffb220.png?v=1781707021"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-225ltr-with-2-doors-galvanised-steel","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 225Ltr with 2 Doors Galvanised Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe EERM Series Back Bar Cooler with 2 Doors 225Ltr EERM-2 is an essential addition for bars, restaurants, and hospitality venues looking to enhance their beverage service. Designed for efficiency and ease of use, this beer fridge ensures your drinks are kept at the perfect temperature while enhancing the aesthetic of your establishment.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable galvanised steel with a sleek black finish, this cooler combines style with functionality. Its thoughtful design addresses common refrigeration challenges, providing reliable cooling performance with features like double-glazed doors that prevent mist. The easy-to-use digital panel provides constant monitoring, offering peace of mind and improving operational efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 228W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanised Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 225Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 900(H) x 925(W) x 565(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 80kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Rating G\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStylish black covered galvanised steel finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDouble glazed doors with anti-mist protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLocks as for security\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFitted with 2 plastic grid shelves per door for optimal storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient temperature control for ideal beverage preservation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust design ensures longevity and resilience in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy access with double doors for quick drink retrieval.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital display for effortless monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAmple storage capacity reduces the frequency of restocking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSecurity locks offer peace of mind in high-traffic areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable galvanised steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eResists wear and tear, perfect for commercial use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConstant internal temperature monitoring\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures beverages are always served at optimal temperatures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAnti-mist double glazing\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProvides clear visibility of beverages without hassle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe EERM Series Back Bar Cooler is ideal for various settings, maximizing efficiency and service quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs for optimal drink display and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants that seek to keep beverages easily accessible for customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCaterers who need reliable refrigeration during events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenience stores tailored for quick drink access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent venues looking to maintain high service standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward, with the cooler designed to fit easily into bar setups. Regular maintenance includes cleaning the exterior and ensuring vents remain unobstructed for optimal airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the rating of the EERM-2?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rating is G, indicating its efficiency level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the shelves hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plastic grid shelves are designed to support a variety of beverage types effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the unit lockable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the cooler comes with locks as for added security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your bar or restaurant's beverage service with the EERM Series Back Bar Cooler. Order today and ensure your drinks are stored stylishly and efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811115516289,"sku":"FU034","price":2860.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/762b83129a3581006942b63c9e4138a2.png?v=1781707021"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-208ltr-sliding-doors-beer-fridge","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 208Ltr Sliding Doors Beer Fridge","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Sliding Doors 208Ltr is an essential piece of equipment for any bar, pub, or hospitality venue, designed to meet the demands of professionals in the food and beverage industry. This efficient cooler not only ensures that your beverages are served at the ideal temperature, but also optimizes space, allowing for easy access and organization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durable materials such as painted steel and glass, the G-Series is built to withstand the rigors of everyday use. Its robust design is enhanced by a user-friendly layout, making frequent access simple and convenient. Whether you need to keep your drinks cold during peak hours or want to maintain an organized stock of beverages, this unit addresses these needs effectively. The sliding doors provide easy access while enhancing efficiency, setting this cooler apart from others on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 1100(H) x 960(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 62kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFour sturdy adjustable shelves increase storage flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient internal LED lighting reduces running costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable, self-closing double-glazed door enhances cold retention and safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFan-assisted cooling for quick temperature recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost optimizes efficiency and prolongs performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOptimal temperature range of 2°C to 8°C ensures beverages are served chilled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls for precise management of cooling levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSilent operation at noise level of 50 dB, maintaining a peaceful environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy mobility with rear rollers for simple positioning and cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction designed for reliable everyday use even in high-pressure environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient refrigerant ensures low environmental impact while maintaining performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridges\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore ample beverages for high-demand periods without running out.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e Efficiency\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower utility bills while maintaining optimal storage conditions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliable performance that withstands daily use in busy commercial settings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bar cooler is perfect for various settings where efficient beverage storage is essential. Its adaptability makes it suitable for different industries, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClubs and event venues\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels and resorts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal operation, ensure the cooler is positioned on a flat surface. Regular cleaning of the condenser coil, at least four times a year, is essential for maintaining efficiency. The unit features rear rollers for easy maneuverability, simplifying both installation and routine cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range for this cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler maintains a temperature range of 2°C to 8°C, ensuring your drinks are served at optimal temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bottles can it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cooler has a capacity of 180 x 330ml bottles, making it ideal for high-volume settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of refrigerant is used?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cooler utilizes R600a refrigerant, which is efficient and environmentally friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOrder today to elevate the efficiency and organization of your beverage service with the G-Series Back Bar Cooler. Enjoy reliable performance and efficiency that meets the demands of your establishment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811115549057,"sku":"GL003","price":959.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/392735eeb4cabf01e7d352274b805548.png?v=1781707021"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-320-ltr-with-3-solid-doors","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 320 Ltr with 3 Solid Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler with 3 Solid Doors 320 Ltr is the essential refrigeration solution for bars and restaurants. Designed for use, this reliable beer fridge ensures your beverages are stored at the ideal temperature while providing easy accessibility to bartenders and staff. It couples stylish functionality with robust construction, making it a must-have for any establishment that demands reliability and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis back bar cooler thrives in high-demand environments with its durable steel construction and -efficient design. Featuring a generous capacity of 320 liters and a temperature range of 2°C to 8°C, it allows for optimal storage of various beverages. The G-Series stands out with its auto-close doors that enhance efficiency and reduce running costs, making it a practical choice for busy settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 280W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 320Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 850(H) x 1350(W) x 520(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 80kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -saving LED interior lighting for easy identification of contents in darker back bar areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e6 strong adjustable shelves provide flexible storage capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable for added stock security\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAuto-close solid door reduces running costs and improves efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRear rollers enable easy positioning for simpler cleaning and installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable steel construction ensures -lasting reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e efficiency promotes lower operational costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity accommodates a variety of beverages, enhancing storage options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAuto-close doors help maintain optimal temperatures and improve conservation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable design adds security to stock and inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelves provide customization to fit diverse requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridges\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower electricity bills while maintaining optimal conditions for beverages.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust build quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIncreased durability for daily use, offering peace of mind.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore a wide selection of drinks, catering to diverse customer preferences.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler is ideal for a variety of settings where efficient beverage storage is crucial. This unit excels in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClubs and event venues\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels and resorts\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSports facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, position the cooler on a flat, stable surface to ensure effective operation. Regular cleaning and maintenance will help prolong the lifespan of the unit, particularly in busy environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the G-Series Back Bar Cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cooler has a temperature range of 2°C to 8°C, ideal for keeping beverages chilled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much capacity does the fridge offer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit has a capacity of 320 liters, allowing ample storage for a variety of drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the cooler come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the G-Series Back Bar Cooler comes with a 2-year warranty on parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith its combination of robust design, -efficient features, and versatile applications, the G-Series Back Bar Cooler is the perfect solution for any establishment that requires reliable beverage refrigeration. Order today to elevate your bar experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811115581825,"sku":"GE999","price":1199.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/727958d7f24c208159cffbb922471aa3.png?v=1781707022"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-320ltr-hinged-doors-beer-fridge","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 320Ltr Hinged Doors Beer Fridge","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Doors 320Ltr is an essential piece of equipment for any bar or restaurant seeking to maintain a streamlined beverage service. Designed for professionals, it excels in environments that require reliability and efficiency. With a spacious capacity of 320 liters, it allows for easy access to your beverages, ensuring that your staff can serve customers quickly and effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality painted steel and glass, this back bar cooler is built to withstand the rigors of daily use. It operates efficiently in temperatures up to 32°C, providing the perfect ambiance for storing beers, soft drinks, and other beverages. What sets the G-Series apart is its user-friendly features, including six adjustable shelves for optimal storage, robust build quality, and -efficient operation, creating a perfect blend of functionality and design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 x 330ml bottles and up to 95 x 330ml cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e - Packed 1050(H) x 1400(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 350W. 2.43A\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 78kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e efficient internal LED lighting enhances product visibility and reduces consumption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDouble glazed lockable doors provide extra security and improve efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-saving auto defrost function maintains the cooler's efficiency and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling ensures rapid temperature recovery, maintaining ideal storage conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls make monitoring a breeze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOperates efficiently at temperatures between 2°C to 8°C for optimum beverage storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSix sturdy adjustable shelves maximize storage capacity, allowing for versatile arrangement of beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean construction saves time during routine maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRear rollers facilitate easy positioning, making installation and cleaning simpler.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow noise operation (55 dB) ensures a pleasant atmosphere for patrons and staff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eR600a refrigerant is environmentally friendly, reducing your carbon footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridges\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge Storage Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore a significant amount of beverages to meet high demand during peak hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDesigned to withstand heavy use, ensuring longevity and reducing replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUser-Friendly Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to operate and maintain, allowing staff to focus on customer service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler is versatile, suitable for a variety of settings. It's perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs looking to enhance their beverage service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants seeking to keep drinks chilled and accessible to staff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering businesses that require reliable refrigeration for events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenience stores needing an efficient space to display cold beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, it is recommended that the condenser coil is cleaned at least four times a year. For best results, place the cooler on a soft surface to reduce noise levels, and regularly inspect the unit for maintenance needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the G-Series Back Bar Cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cooler operates efficiently within a temperature range of 2°C to 8°C, ideal for beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bottles can this cooler hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can accommodate 180 x 330ml bottles and up to 95 x 330ml cans, offering ample storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty for the cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the G-Series Back Bar Cooler comes with a 2-year warranty on parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your beverage service with the G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Doors 320Ltr. Experience reliability, efficiency, and ease of use in one essential unit. Order today to enhance your establishment's beverage storage solutions!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811115647361,"sku":"GL014","price":1199.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/4aceb4203a26ebb6377ab9fd896019fc.png?v=1781707023"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-330ltr-capacity-for-beer-storage","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 330Ltr Capacity for Beer Storage","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Doors 330Ltr is an essential addition for any bar or restaurant aiming to serve cold beverages efficiently while maintaining optimal product displays. Designed for professionals, this commercial-grade beer fridge ensures reliable temperature control, making it perfect for environments where speed and accessibility are paramount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with hard-wearing materials, the G-Series offers unparalleled durability and performance. Its sturdy painted steel and glass design can withstand frequent use, while the thoughtful engineering guarantees the ideal conditions for your beverages, even in demanding settings where temperatures can soar up to 32°C. This robust beer fridge not only enhances your service efficiency but also creates an inviting display for your beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 350W. Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 270 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 1100(H) x 1400(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 80kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient internal LED lighting enhances visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost feature maximizes efficiency and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSix sturdy adjustable shelves offer maximized storage capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls make adjustments easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable double-glazed doors provide added security\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range allows precise control between 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFan-assisted cooling ensures rapid temperature recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRear rollers simplify positioning for cleaning and maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow noise level of 55dB provides a quieter working environment\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e rating of D promotes cost-effective operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridges\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSturdy construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures -lasting performance in busy environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient cooling system\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eKeeps beverages at the perfect serving temperature, enhancing customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaximizes storage efficiency, allowing for easy organization and access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMakes it easy for staff to maintain optimal settings without hassle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler excels in various commercial settings, making it ideal for any business focused on beverage service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars looking to display and serve chilled beverages efficiently\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants wanting easy access to drinks without losing patrons' attention\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClubs that require high-capacity cooling for busy nights\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels aiming to provide top-notch beverage service in lounges or restaurants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal operation and longevity, ensure proper installation on a flat surface and regularly clean the condenser coil at least four times a year to maintain efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the G-Series Back Bar Cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is from 2°C to 8°C, providing ideal conditions for beverage storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bottles can it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cooler has a capacity of approximately 270 330ml bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit features a 2-year parts and labour warranty, assuring quality and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith the G-Series Back Bar Cooler, you can ensure that your beverages are stored at the optimal temperature while providing a visually appealing display. Order today to elevate your beverage service! \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811115712897,"sku":"GL004","price":1199.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/2796485046a4562e60cfa5c27f2b1aac.png?v=1781707027"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-330ltr-stainless-steel-hinged-doors","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 330Ltr Stainless Steel Hinged Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Doors Stainless Steel 330Ltr is designed for bars, cafes, and restaurants that require efficient beer refrigeration. This reliable unit ensures easy access to your beverages while maintaining optimal temperature, making it an essential addition for any beverage-serving establishment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from robust stainless steel, the G-Series prioritizes durability and performance in demanding environments. It addresses the challenge of keeping large quantities of drinks at the ideal serving temperature, combining ease of use with efficiency. The remarkable construction offers confident handling day in and day out, ensuring -term service in high-traffic settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 350W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 1100(H) x 1400(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 80kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 270 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling for rapid temperature recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDouble glazed lockable doors for added security\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient internal LED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for everyday use, offering reliability in high-demand settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range from 2°C to 8°C ensures beverages are served at the perfect chill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy adjustable shelves provide flexibility for a variety of bottle sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNoise level of 55 dB, designed for environments where noise should be minimal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean construction saves time, making maintenance straightforward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRear rollers allow for simple repositioning, facilitating cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable Stainless Steel Construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDesigned for -lasting use in bustling environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore a significant amount of beverages without losing accessibility.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e Efficient\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces operating costs while maintaining optimal performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLockable Double Glazed Doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures security and temperature retention, increasing efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler excels in a variety of environments, making it an ideal choice for establishments where drinks need to be quickly and efficiently accessed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs for optimal beverage serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants offering a diverse drink menu.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes that serve chilled beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood service locations requiring quick access to drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, the G-Series should be installed in a well-ventilated area. Regular cleaning of the condenser coil is essential; doing so at least four times a year will help maintain efficiency and prevent any decline in performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the G-Series Back Bar Cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is adjustable from 2°C to 8°C, ideal for keeping drinks at the perfect serving temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bottles can the cooler store?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cooler has a capacity for up to 270 x 330ml bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it comes with a 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour warranty for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the G-Series Back Bar Cooler for a reliable refrigeration solution that enhances your beverage service. Order today and ensure your drinks are always served at the perfect temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811115778433,"sku":"GL009","price":1679.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/6699e8c689675be4d2c8623f9aaa0f44.png?v=1781707027"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-330ltr-three-solid-doors-900mm","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 330Ltr Three Solid Doors 900mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series 900mm Back Bar Cooler with 3 Solid Doors 330Ltr is an essential addition for any bar or restaurant. Designed to store an impressive 270 x 330ml bottles, this beer fridge excels in demanding environments, ensuring that your drinks remain chilled and easily accessible. With its solid construction and three sturdy doors, this unit meets the needs of busy establishments while maintaining a sleek and organized display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durability in mind, the G-Series cooler features robust steel material that stands up to everyday challenges in beverage service. The combination of an easy-clean exterior and -efficient components makes it an exceptional choice for business owners looking to optimize their storage. The auto-close door feature enhances efficiency while increasing the security of your stock, making this back bar cooler a standout option in the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 350W, Three solid doors, R600a\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 270 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 1100(H) x 1400(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 80kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -saving LED interior lighting for easy identification of contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e6 strong adjustable shelves for versatile storage options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable for added stock security, ensuring peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSolid door design, ideal for back bar areas and high-traffic settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAuto-close door helps reduce running costs and improve efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature Range of 2°C to 8°C ensures optimal cooling for your beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Rating B for an eco-conscious choice that also saves on bills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRear rollers enable easy positioning for simpler cleaning and installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNoise Level of 55 dB keeps your workplace environment comfortable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStrong, easy-clean painted steel exterior for lasting appearance and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSolid construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurability ensures a lifespan even in high-demand environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore plenty of drinks without needing additional cooling units.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLockable doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances security and protects against theft.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduce operational costs and lower your carbon footprint.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler is perfect for a variety of settings where beverage presentation and storage are essential. Whether you're operating a bustling pub, a restaurant bar, or a catering service, this cooler is designed to deliver consistent performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs looking for reliable beverage storage solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants needing quick access to drinks in a compact design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services that require portable and efficient cooling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent venues managing large stocks of beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal use, ensure that the unit is placed in an area that meets its ambient temperature range of 5°C to 38°C. Regular cleaning of the steel surfaces will help maintain its appearance and operational efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is from 2°C to 8°C, ideal for cooling beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bottles can it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis beer fridge can store up to 270 x 330ml bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of refrigerant does it use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit uses R600a refrigerant, which is environmentally friendly with a GWP of 3.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvesting in the G-Series 900mm Back Bar Cooler means prioritizing efficiency, quality, and security for your beverages. Order today to enhance your beverage service experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811115745665,"sku":"GL017","price":1199.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/155b10b51bffd8bc939d7955c955a290.png?v=1781707027"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-320ltr-sliding-doors-beer-fridge","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 320Ltr Sliding Doors Beer Fridge","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Sliding Doors 320Ltr is specifically designed for bars, restaurants, and cafés seeking efficient and reliable refrigeration. This robust unit offers ideal temperature retention in environments with tough daily use, ensuring your beverages are always perfectly chilled and ready to serve.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable painted steel and glass, the cooler is built to withstand the rigors of high-demand settings. With frequent access in mind, its sliding doors provide convenience while also keeping the cooled air inside. The G-Series offers exceptional performance, functioning seamlessly even at temperatures up to 32°C.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 350W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 x 330ml bottles and up to 95 x 330ml cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 1050(H) x 1400(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 78kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling for rapid temperature recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e efficient internal LED lighting for better visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e6 sturdy adjustable shelves maximise storage capacity for various drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDouble glazed self-closing doors reduce running costs and prevent cold air loss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature Range of 2°C to 8°C keeps beverages at optimal serving temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Rating E optimises consumption, helping to lower your utility bills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNoise Level of 55 decibels ensures a quieter operation, enhancing the customer experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRear rollers allow for easy positioning to facilitate cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls and display ensure easy monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction enables quick upkeep and hygiene compliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSturdy construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eWithstands heavy use in busy environments, ensuring longevity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAmple capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStores a variety of beverages, fitting perfectly into your service needs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e efficient\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHelps lower your costs while maintaining optimal temperature control.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler is perfect for various settings where quick access to cold drinks is essential. Ideal locations include:\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs for quick beverage service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés showcasing chilled refreshments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants maintaining an efficient drink service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent venues requiring reliable and adequate drink storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the G-Series Back Bar Cooler is placed on a stable surface. Regular maintenance, including cleaning the condenser coil at least four times a year, will help maintain its efficiency and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the consumption of the G-Series Back Bar Cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe cooler has a power specification of 350W and operates with a voltage of 230V.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much storage capacity does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThis unit can hold up to 180 x 330ml bottles and 95 x 330ml cans, providing ample space for various beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, the cooler comes with a 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour warranty for your peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your beverage service experience with the G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Sliding Doors 320Ltr. Order today and ensure your drinks are always served at the perfect temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811115811201,"sku":"GL013","price":1199.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/12097d1f60be37c1e9a294fa76bf8829.png?v=1781707027"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-98ltr-energy-efficient-display-fridge","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 98Ltr Efficient Display Fridge","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Door 98Ltr is an essential commercial display fridge designed for bars and restaurants looking to enhance their beverage service. This unit not only keeps your drinks chilled to perfection but also presents them attractively to encourage customer purchases, ensuring a delightful experience for your patrons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with quality materials, this back bar cooler is built to endure the demands of a busy commercial kitchen. Its robust design features fan-assisted cooling that guarantees optimal temperature conditions, while -saving LED lighting makes finding your products easy even in low-light environments. The unit’s effective insulation and self-closing door also work to keep running costs down, setting it apart as a reliable option for -conscious businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 95W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGross capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 98Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 827mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 90Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 827(H) x 470(W) x 493(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 28kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFan-assisted cooling maintains a consistent temperature throughout the unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -saving LED lighting highlights your beverages for improved visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost feature maintains efficiency and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e4 sturdy coated wire shelves provide ample space for organization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSelf-closing door reduces consumption and keeps the contents cold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuiet operation with a low noise level of 42 dB(A) for a more enjoyable environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGenerous usable capacity of 90Ltr allows for the storage of a variety of beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe low noise operation makes it suitable for any bar or restaurant setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction withstands the hustle and bustle of a commercial environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe sleek black finish blends seamlessly with existing decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMechanical controller simplifies temperature adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient insulation ensures cold air retention and savings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Commercial Display Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAutomatic defrost\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLess time spent on maintenance, allowing you to focus on your service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower operational costs and a smaller carbon footprint.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConsistent cooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures your drinks are always served at the perfect temperature.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpace-efficient design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFits comfortably into tight back bar spaces without sacrificing capacity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Back Bar Cooler is ideal for various settings where efficient beverage storage and display are paramount. This unit excels in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs serving chilled beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants requiring efficient storage for drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés offering a selection of bottled beverages and snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenience stores looking to maximize display capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, position the cooler on a level surface and allow adequate ventilation space around the unit. Regularly check the door seals to ensure efficiency and cleanliness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range of the Back Bar Cooler is between 1°C to 9°C, keeping beverages perfectly chilled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much power does this cooler consume?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt operates at a power of 95W, making it an -efficient choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis back bar cooler comes with a 2-year warranty, providing peace of mind for your investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your beverage service with the Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Door 98Ltr. Experience efficiency, style, and reliability in one compact unit. Order today to transform your cooling capabilities!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811115843969,"sku":"HY599","price":604.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/0772f7aaa33805eadca489ae5b0a373f.png?v=1781707027"},{"product_id":"commercial-back-bar-cooler-330ltr-sliding-door-beer-fridge","title":"Commercial Back Bar Cooler 330Ltr Sliding Door Beer Fridge","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Sliding Doors 330Ltr is an essential beer fridge designed for environments where efficiency and performance are paramount. Ideal for bars, restaurants, and cafes, this cooler ensures that your beverages are stored at the perfect temperature while being easily accessible for staff and patrons alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable painted steel and glass, this bar display refrigeration unit is built to withstand the rigors of everyday use. Its robust design addresses common challenges in busy settings, offering features such as -efficient LED lighting and easy-to-clean surfaces, making maintenance hassle-free. The G-Series stands out with its practical sliding doors, allowing for quick access while conserving and maintaining the optimal internal temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 350W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 270 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 1100(H) x 1400(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 80kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSix sturdy adjustable shelves for maximised storage capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient internal LED lighting reduces running costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDigital temperature controls for precise and easy adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRear rollers for easy positioning and cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFan-assisted cooling for rapid temperature recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDouble-glazed self-closing doors help maintain temperature and conserve.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction ensures reliability in demanding environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSliding doors offer easy access, improving workflow for staff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e efficiency helps lower operating costs over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelves can be customised to fit various beverage sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost feature enhances operational efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDigital temperature display ensures your beverages are always served at the optimal temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore ample supplies for busy service times without running out.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces the need for frequent replacements, saving you money.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time cleaning and more time serving customers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Back Bar Cooler is perfect for various commercial settings. Its design and functionality make it suitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars serving a high volume of drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants looking to keep beverages easily accessible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes with a need for efficient beverage storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels requiring reliable drink refrigeration in their lounges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent venues with heavy beverage service demands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the cooler is placed on a stable, level surface. Regularly cleaning the condenser coil—at least four times a year—is necessary to maintain the efficiency of the appliance. This also extends the life of your cooler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range of the G-Series Back Bar Cooler is between 2°C to 8°C, making it suitable for storing various beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of refrigerant does it use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cooler uses R600a refrigerant, which is known for its efficiency and lower environmental impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the unit easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the G-Series features time-saving easy-clean construction, allowing for quick and efficient maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your beverage service with the G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Sliding Doors 330Ltr. Order today to enjoy optimal performance and reliability in your establishment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811115942273,"sku":"GL006","price":1175.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/0d83366e518a61f8653d128fab23f657.png?v=1781707027"},{"product_id":"commercial-bottle-cooler-150l-right-hinged-door-beer-fridge","title":"Commercial Bottle Cooler 150L Right Hinged Door Beer Fridge","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe MG Bottle Cooler with Right Hinged Door 150Ltr is the ultimate solution for bars, restaurants, and catering businesses looking to efficiently store and display beverages. This robust beer fridge not only provides a spacious capacity but also ensures your drinks are kept at the optimal temperature for serving. When you need reliable refrigeration that combines functionality with a sleek design, this bottle cooler stands out as a dependable choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials, the MG Bottle Cooler features an anthracite finish, making it a stylish addition to any commercial setting. The innovative design addresses common issues associated with beverage storage, such as inadequate cooling and disorganized bottles. Its right hinged door allows for easy access while ensuring that your products remain secure with a lockable feature. The combination of easy-to-use digital controls and adjustable feet makes it user-friendly and adaptable to various environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 150Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 250W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Height: 840mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Anthracite\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 58kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years On-Site Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRefrigerant\u003c\/strong\u003e R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range of 2°C to 18°C offers versatility for various beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable door provides added security for your stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDimmable LED lights enhance product visibility while being efficient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFlat shelves prevent bottles from wobbling, ensuring optimal organization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use digital controls simplify temperature adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design fits comfortably under counters, saving valuable space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRight hinged door for easy access in tight spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow noise level ensures a pleasant customer experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature regulation from 2°C to 18°C accommodates various product types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient design to lower operational costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy clean surfaces make maintenance a breeze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable feet ensure stability on uneven surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAmple storage capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore a large quantity of beverages, reducing restock frequency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSecure lockable door\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProtect your valuable inventory from theft or tampering.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasily fits under counters, ideal for locations with limited space.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDimmable LED lights\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAttract customers with highlighted displays while conserving.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MG Bottle Cooler excels in various commercial environments. Its design and functionality make it suitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs where quick access to beverages is essential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants that need efficient drink storage without sacrificing style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCaterers looking for mobile refrigeration solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConcession stands or event venues that require reliable drink service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure proper ventilation around the unit during installation. Regular cleaning of the interior and exterior surfaces will prolong the life of your bottle cooler and maintain hygiene standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the MG Bottle Cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is adjustable between 2°C to 18°C to accommodate various types of beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it comes with a 2-year on-site parts and labour warranty for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I store different types of beverages in this cooler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely, with its adjustable temperature range, you can store beer, soft drinks, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your beverage storage solution with the MG Bottle Cooler with Right Hinged Door 150Ltr and experience the convenience and efficiency it brings. Order today and streamline your service! \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811153658241,"sku":"CE306","price":2714.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/5577488aefb6d84c4ce394bd2fe0021c.png?v=1781707487"},{"product_id":"commercial-bottle-well-279ltr-top-loading-bar-refrigerator","title":"Commercial Bottle Well 279Ltr Top Loading Bar Refrigerator","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Top Loading Bottle Well 279Ltr 935mm is a robust solution for bars, restaurants, and catering services looking to enhance their beverage service. Designed for use, this bottle well not only provides convenient access to a large number of chilled drinks but also maintains optimal temperatures throughout busy service times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with hard-wearing painted steel, the G-Series stands up to the rigors of demanding environments. Its exceptional insulation and powerful cooling technology ensure that beverages are kept at the perfect serving temperature, solving the common problem of fluctuating temperatures during peak hours. Additionally, the unit is designed for ease of use, making it a top choice for busy settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 279Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 928(H) x 935(W) x 705(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 52.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range of 2°C to 8°C for versatile chilling options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful fan-assisted cooling ensures consistent temperature under high demand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLockable for added security, protecting valuable inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-access bottle opener with integrated lid catcher for added convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction with a sturdy steel exterior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e -efficient 40mm insulation reduces running costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuiet operation at 42 dB(A) enhances customer comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls offer precise adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied on wheels for effortless repositioning when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximizes performance and efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel lid provides strength and longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bottle Wells\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduces the need for frequent restocking during busy service periods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReliable Temperature Control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures beverages remain at optimal serving conditions, enhancing customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy Maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-clean features save time and effort, allowing staff to focus on service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnhanced Security\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLockable design helps protect valuable stock from theft.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Top Loading Bottle Well excels in various settings where quick, chilled beverage access is essential. Its design makes it ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBars and pubs serving a variety of drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants needing efficient service during peak hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering events with high beverage demand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcession stands at sporting events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNightclubs requiring reliable refrigeration to keep drinks cold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, place the unit on a flat, stable surface and ensure it is positioned in an area where air circulation is adequate to maintain efficient cooling. Regular cleaning of the interior and exterior surfaces is recommended to sustain performance and hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the G-Series Top Loading Bottle Well?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is between 2°C to 8°C, allowing for versatile chilling options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the bottle well easy to move?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is supplied on wheels for easy repositioning as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series comes with a 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour warranty for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith its impressive capacity and reliable cooling technology, the G-Series Top Loading Bottle Well 279Ltr 935mm is the ultimate choice for anyone looking to improve their beverage service. Order today to enhance your efficiency and service quality!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811156345217,"sku":"CT330","price":1696.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/87f8a106d5007ed5aaf98f9fc3a26764.png?v=1781707505"},{"product_id":"commercial-bottle-well-for-158-x-330ml-bottles-capacity","title":"Commercial Bottle Well for 158 x 330ml Bottles Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Williams Bottle Well is the ideal solution for restaurants, bars, and catering businesses looking for an efficient way to store and serve chilled beverages. Designed for convenience, this top-loading bottle well allows quick access to your favorite drinks, ensuring that refreshment is never more than an arm's reach away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with environmentally friendly OPD insulation, the bottle well not only ensures excellent thermal efficiency but also addresses the need for sustainable practices in the food and beverage industry. The easy-to-clean sliding lid can be removed for restocking with minimal effort, while the internal well has an impressive capacity that accommodates up to 240 cans or 158 bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 240 x 330ml cans or 158 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Insulation 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 220V-240V\/50Hz\/1Ph\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 59kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRefrigerant\u003c\/strong\u003e R134a\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/strong\u003e 4°C to 10°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable lid for added security during overnight storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePrecision injected, high density polyurethane insulation provides outstanding thermal efficiency with a low environmental impact\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHandy built-in bottle opener and cap catcher for ultimate convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned to operate efficiently in ambient temperatures up to 32°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy access for serving and cleaning due to removable lid design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient chilling system keeps beverages at the optimal temperature for serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity minimizes the frequency of restocking, saving valuable time\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSecure locking mechanism provides peace of mind for overnight use\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEco-friendly insulation aligns with modern sustainability goals\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuilt-in bottle opener simplifies the drink preparation process\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction designed for high traffic environments in the food service industry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bottle Wells\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo need for constant restocking, leading to improved service speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e Efficient\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower bills while keeping beverages chilled\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy Maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStreamlined cleaning and restocking processes save time\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSecure Operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances the safety of your inventory during off-hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in Features\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConvenience of having essential tools integrated into the design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Williams Bottle Well is versatile and well-suited for various settings where refrigerated drink service is essential. It excels in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and nightclubs\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services for events\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenience stores\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSporting events and outdoor functions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, place the William Bottle Well in a well-ventilated area. Regularly clean the removable lid and internal well to maintain hygiene and efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Williams Bottle Well?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe insulation thickness is 40mm, with the overall dimensions tailored for maximum capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of this bottle well?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range for the Williams Bottle Well is from 4°C to 10°C, ideal for keeping drinks refreshingly cold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the lid secure for overnight storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the bottle well features a lockable lid, ensuring security for your beverages when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Williams Bottle Well allows for quick access to chilled beverages, making it an essential addition to any food service establishment. Order today and elevate your beverage service efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811156574593,"sku":"G680","price":3563.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/30847e4020d91b95d7ec953e890e2b34.png?v=1781707505"},{"product_id":"commercial-bottle-well-417ltr-top-loading-bar-refrigerator","title":"Commercial Bottle Well 417Ltr Top Loading Bar Refrigerator","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Top Loading Bottle Well 417Ltr 1255mm is an essential addition for busy bars and restaurants that aim to keep beverages organized and easily accessible. Designed specifically for use, this bottle well ensures efficient service with its impressive capacity and reliable cooling capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durable painted steel, the G-Series bottle well can withstand the rigors of a high-demand environment. It addresses the common challenge of frequent restocking by providing a spacious interior that holds up to 417 liters of beverages. With its powerful fan-assisted cooling system, this unit maintains optimal temperature conditions, setting it apart as an indispensable tool for enhancing service speed and quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 417Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 888(H) x 1255(W) x 687(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 67kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAccurate, user-friendly digital temperature controls with display for easy monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e40mm insulation enhances efficiency and reduces operational costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-access bottle opener with integrated lid catcher for convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable door for improved security and peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction with an embossed aluminum interior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo strong stainless steel sliding lids and ledge allow for straightforward access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C - Perfect for keeping drinks at optimal serving temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Rating: C - Designed to operate efficiently, minimizing consumption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNoise Level: 42 dB(A) - Operates quietly, allowing for a more pleasant environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo bin dividers included - Help organize stock and streamline service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSupplied on wheels - Enables easy repositioning to fit changing service requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bottle Wells\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLess frequent restocking helps maintain service flow during busy hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliable performance in demanding environments ensures longevity of use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to Clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuick maintenance saves time, allowing staff to focus on customer needs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Top Loading Bottle Well excels in a variety of settings, making it an indispensable asset in the hospitality industry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars - Keep a variety of beverages easily accessible for quick service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants - Minimize downtime during peak hours with efficient organization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering Events - Ensure that drinks remain cold and organized for large gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNightclubs - Maintain an efficient workflow with quick access to drink supplies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, place the G-Series on a stable surface. Regular cleaning of the unit's interior and exterior will help maintain its efficiency. Ensure that the appropriate ventilation space is provided for seamless operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the warranty for the G-Series Top Loading Bottle Well?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe warranty is 2 years and covers both parts and labor, providing peace of mind with your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does the unit operate within?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series maintains a temperature range from 2°C to 8°C, ideal for keeping beverages at serving temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this bottle well suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bottle well is designed for indoor use in commercial settings. Using it outdoors may affect its performance and service life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your beverage service with the G-Series Top Loading Bottle Well 417Ltr 1255mm. Order today and transform your operational efficiency!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811156607361,"sku":"CT331","price":1768.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/cda7ea3eb94d6f0e34e6e9e53ac6093c.png?v=1781707505"},{"product_id":"commercial-chest-display-freezer-270ltr-sliding-glass-lid","title":"Commercial Chest Display Freezer 270Ltr Sliding Glass Lid","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Chest Display Freezer with Sliding Glass Lid 270Ltr HOST1112CF is an essential refrigeration solution for businesses needing reliable and efficient display storage. Ideal for retail shops, cafes, or restaurants, this freezer combines ample space with easy accessibility, benefiting both staff and customers alike. With its innovative sliding glass lids, visibility into your stocked items is maximized, encouraging impulse purchases while maintaining optimal cold storage conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durable steel, the HOST chest freezer stands out for its robust build quality and functional design. It addresses common storage challenges, such as limited display space or inadequate temperature control, seamlessly integrating into any commercial environment. The combination of effective insulation and superior refrigerant ensures that your products remain perfectly preserved, distinguishing this unit as a practical choice in competitive markets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 270 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 928(H) x 1195(W) x 654(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 60kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRefrigerant \/ GWP 3 for eco-friendly operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range of -24°C to -18°C ensures optimal freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMax ambient temperature of 32°C for versatile placement options\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy castors for easy repositioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes 3 baskets for efficient stock organisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRecommended cleaning of condenser coil maintains efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e2.8m plug length for convenient placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e rating of C supports -efficient operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpacious interior allowing ample storage for various frozen goods\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSliding glass lid facilitates easy access and visibility of products\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable steel construction provides -lasting reliability\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient model lowers operational costs over time\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThree baskets help maintain an organized display\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy mobility with castors enhances flexibility in arrangement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Display Freezer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore more inventory, reducing restocking frequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSliding glass lids\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEncourage customer interaction and product visibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower utility bills while maintaining efficient cooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy mobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdapt your layout quickly without heavy lifting\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eOrganised storage with baskets\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eImproved stock management leads to quicker service\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis display freezer is versatile and caters to a variety of settings, making it an ideal choice for numerous applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRetail grocery stores showcasing frozen foods\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes and coffee shops offering frozen desserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for efficient storage of pre-prepared meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels for convenient guest access to ice cream and frozen treats\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks ensuring freshness during service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Chest Display Freezer is designed for straightforward installation; simply position the unit where it will best serve your needs, connect to a suitable power source, and ensure proper ventilation. It is advisable to clean the condenser coil at least four times a year to maintain the longevity and efficiency of the appliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this freezer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Chest Display Freezer measures 928mm in height, 1195mm in width, and 654mm in depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does this freezer operate within?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is from -24°C to -18°C, allowing for optimal storage conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs delivery available outside of Mainland England, Scotland, and Wales?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnfortunately, delivery is only available within Mainland England, Scotland, and Wales; Northern Ireland is excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your food storage strategy with the HOST Chest Display Freezer with Sliding Glass Lid 270Ltr. Order today to enhance your business's operational efficiency and customer satisfaction.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811206840705,"sku":"HT171","price":789.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/f83856dd0f866dcbe272fbc49ee2a66b.png?v=1781708058"},{"product_id":"commercial-counter-display-fridge-255l-capacity-for-fish","title":"Commercial Counter Display Fridge 255L Capacity for Fish","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Fish Display Serve Over Counter Fridge 255Ltr is an essential addition to any catering establishment, perfect for displaying a wide variety of chilled products. Whether you're managing a fish and chip shop, deli, or café, this countertop display fridge ensures that your products are showcased beautifully while remaining at optimal temperatures, enhancing both visibility and preservation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with sturdy commercial-grade materials, the G-Series refrigerator stands out in demanding environments. Designed to maintain reliable temperatures even in conditions up to 32°C, it offers peace of mind through its robust construction and easy maintenance. Simple yet efficient, it addresses the common challenge of temperature regulation while offering an attractive presentation for your culinary offerings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 255Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 530(H) x 1245(W) x 890(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 70kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRefrigerant\u003c\/strong\u003e R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/strong\u003e 2°C to 12°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-access sliding rear doors reduce temperature loss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e -saving LED lighting lowers operational costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual defrost feature simplifies maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable glass and stainless steel construction for easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe designed countertop footprint fits most spaces easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust stainless steel and glass construction ensures longevity while maintaining a appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenerous internal capacity provides ample room for diverse product displays, enhancing product accessibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding doors enable quick access to contents, minimizing exposure and preserving temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual defrost aids in hassle-free maintenance, keeping the unit functioning optimally.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED lighting not only highlights displayed items but also reduces consumption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range of 2°C to 12°C ensures safety and freshness for perishable foods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Countertop Display Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-quality materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable and -lasting performance in a commercial environment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGenerous capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStore a variety of products without cramming, enhancing aesthetic appeal.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e -efficient lighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower utility bills while showcasing your products effectively.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEase of maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess downtime and effort required to keep the unit in top condition.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series fridge excels in various settings, making it a versatile choice for diverse applications. It's perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFish and seafood displays in restaurants and seafood markets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés and bistros showcasing chilled desserts and drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelis featuring a range of meats and cheeses for grab-and-go customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuffets where visibility and accessibility of cold dishes are crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood festivals and events needing mobile refrigeration solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series fridge is designed to be placed on a countertop or trolley, allowing it to fit seamlessly into your existing setup. Regular cleaning and maintenance will ensure optimal performance and hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the G-Series fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is maintained between 2°C to 12°C, ensuring safe storage of perishable goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the G-Series fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fridge features a time-saving easy-clean design with stainless steel and glass surfaces, making maintenance straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of warranty comes with this fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series fridge comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labour to provide you with added peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your food presentation and keep your products at optimal temperatures with the G-Series Fish Display Serve Over Counter Fridge 255Ltr. Order today and experience the quality and functionality that your business deserves.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811250848129,"sku":"GE961","price":2666.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/0fefccec128b733ca26bb132a6f6a7df.png?v=1781708489"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.questorm.co.uk\/collections\/ns-ref-display-refrigeration.oembed","provider":"Questrom Ltd","version":"1.0","type":"link"}